WO2023192665A2 - T-type calcium channel modulators and methods of use thereof - Google Patents
T-type calcium channel modulators and methods of use thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023192665A2 WO2023192665A2 PCT/US2023/017284 US2023017284W WO2023192665A2 WO 2023192665 A2 WO2023192665 A2 WO 2023192665A2 US 2023017284 W US2023017284 W US 2023017284W WO 2023192665 A2 WO2023192665 A2 WO 2023192665A2
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- chosen
- compound
- substituent
- optionally
- formula
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/64—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
- C07C233/67—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
- C07C233/74—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by a carbon atom of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C233/00—Carboxylic acid amides
- C07C233/01—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C233/34—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by amino groups
- C07C233/41—Carboxylic acid amides having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by amino groups with the substituted hydrocarbon radical bound to the nitrogen atom of the carboxamide group by a carbon atom of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C235/00—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms
- C07C235/42—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C235/44—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C235/50—Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by oxygen atoms having carbon atoms of carboxamide groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton with carbon atoms of carboxamide groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring having the nitrogen atom of at least one of the carboxamide groups bound to an acyclic carbon atom of a hydrocarbon radical substituted by nitrogen atoms not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D205/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D205/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
- C07D205/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D209/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D209/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
- C07D209/04—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
- C07D209/10—Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
- C07D209/14—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms, not forming part of a nitro radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/36—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms
- C07D213/38—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms having only hydrogen or hydrocarbon radicals attached to the substituent nitrogen atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
- C07D213/81—Amides; Imides
- C07D213/82—Amides; Imides in position 3
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
- C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D215/48—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D217/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems
- C07D217/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the nitrogen-containing ring
- C07D217/26—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
- C07D231/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D231/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D231/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
- C07D231/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D231/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D231/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D233/56—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D233/58—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms, attached to ring nitrogen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
- C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D239/26—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
- C07D239/70—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D239/72—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines
- C07D239/86—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines with hetero atoms directly attached in position 4
- C07D239/94—Nitrogen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D263/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
- C07D263/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D263/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D263/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
- C07D307/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D309/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings
- C07D309/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D309/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D319/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D319/10—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes
- C07D319/14—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D319/16—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
- C07D319/18—Ethylenedioxybenzenes, not substituted on the hetero ring
Definitions
- Disclosed herein are compounds for treating conditions associated with calcium channel activity and in particular T-type calcium channel activity. Specifically, disclosed herein are compounds comprising a cyclohexane, a cyclopentane, or a cyclobutane core, wherein the compounds comprise left and right-hand substitutions. Also disclosed herein are methods of treating conditions associated with T-type calcium channel activity by administering the compounds disclosed herein.
- T-type calcium channel modulators having a piperidinyl core are disclosed, for example, in PCT Publication No. 2009/146540, published 10 December 2009, and U.S. Patent Nos. 8,377,968 (published 19 February 2013), 8,569,344 (published 29 October 2013), and 9,096,522 (published 4 August 2015), the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- T-type calcium ion channels Aberrant function of these T-type calcium ion channels is associated with several diseases or conditions, including psychiatric disorders (e.g., mood disorders such as major depressive disorder), pain, tremor (e.g., essential tremor), epilepsy, or an epilepsy syndrome (e.g., absence seizures and juvenile myoclonic epilepsy). Accordingly, additional compounds that selectively modulate T-type calcium channels in mammals may be useful in treatment of such disease states.
- psychiatric disorders e.g., mood disorders such as major depressive disorder
- tremor e.g., essential tremor
- epilepsy e.g., absence seizures and juvenile myoclonic epilepsy.
- epilepsy syndrome e.g., absence seizures and juvenile myoclonic epilepsy
- the present disclosure provides compounds for treating conditions associated with calcium channel activity and in particular T-type calcium channel activity.
- compounds of Formula (IA) and Formula (I) acomprising a a cyclohexane core comprising right and left-hand substitutions; compounds of Formula (IIA) and Formula (II) comprising a cyclopentane core comprising right and left-hand substitutions; compounds of Formula (III) comprising a cyclobutane core comprising right and left-hand substitutions; and compounds of Formula (IV) comprising a cyclobutane core or a azetidine core, both comprising right and left-hand substitutions.
- R 1 is chosen from -H, -CH 3 , -CH 2 OCH 3 , -CF3, -CH 2 CH 3 , or -
- R2 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 ;
- R3 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 ,
- R4 is chosen from -H, or -CH 3 or R 1 and R4 together form a cyclopropane, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring;
- R 5 is chosen from -H, -CH 3 , CF3, -CH 2 OH, -COOCH3, -COOH, or -CH 2 OCH 3 ;
- R 6 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 , or R 5 and R 6 together form an azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH 3 , -OH, -CF3, or -F;
- R7 is 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, -CH 3 , - OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH 3 , or -NHCOCH 3 ;
- R 8 is chosen from benzene, -CH 3 , or tertbutyl
- R9 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH 3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran, -CH(CH 3 )2CH 2 CH 3 , or -CH(CH 3 )2 cyclopentane;
- R 10 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH 3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising an -OCH 3 substituent;
- Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N;
- A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X2 is chosen from -NHCO- or -NHCOCH 2 -; and wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclohexane core chosen from: a cyclohexane, or a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- a compound of Formula (I) having a cyclohexane core: wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclohexane core chosen from: wherein R 1 is chosen from -H, -CH 3 , -CH 2 OCH 3 , -CF3, -CH 2 CH 3 , or - (CH 2 ) 2 OCH 3 ;
- R2 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 ;
- R3 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 ;
- R4 is chosen from -H, or -CH 3 or R 1 and R4 together form a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring;
- R 5 is chosen from -H, -CH 3 -CH 2 OH, -COOCH 3 , -COOH, or -CH 2 OCH 3 ,
- R 6 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 , or R5 and R 6 together form an azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH 3 , -OH, -CF3, or -F;
- R7 is 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, -CH 3 , - OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH 3 , or -NHCOCH 3 ;
- R 8 is chosen from benzene, -CH 3 , or tertbutyl
- R9 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH 3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodioxane, a tetrahydropyran, -CH(CH 3 )2CH 2 CH 3 , or -CH(CH 3 )2 cyclopentane;
- R 10 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH 3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising an -OCH 3 substituent;
- Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N;
- A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X2 is chosen from -NHCO- or -NHCOCH 2 -; and wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclohexane core chosen from: a cyclohexane, or a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- R? is chosen from -H or -CH 3 ,
- R 3 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 ;
- R4 is chosen from -H or -CFI3, or R 1 and R4 together form a cyclopropane, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring;
- R 5 is chosen from -H, -CH 3 , CF3, -CH 2 OH, -COOCH 3 , -COOH, or -CH 2 OCH 3 ;
- R 6 is chosen from -H or -CII3, or R5 and R 6 together form a azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH 3 , -OH, -CF3, or -F;
- R7 is absent, 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, - CH 3 , -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH 3 , or -NHCOCH 3 ;
- R 8 is chosen from benzene, -CH 3 , or tertbutyl
- R9 is chosen from a cyclohexane optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen and -OH, a spiroheptane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, an indole, a cyclopentane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from -F or -CH 3 , -CH(OH)C(CH 3 )3, a -CF2 optionally comprising a cyclopentane substituent or a halobenzene substituent, - C(F)cyclohexane, CH(CH3)CH2CH3, or -CH(CH 3 )2 cyclopentane; R 10 is chosen from -C(CH 3 )3, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane optionally comprising at least one halogen
- Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N; and A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X 2 is chosen from -NHCO-, -NHCOCH 2 -, -NHCOCH 2 O-, or -NH-; wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from: a cyclohexane, a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH 3 , -CF3, a cyclopropyl, or a (trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl, a pyridine, an indazole, a quinoline, a quinazoline, or a pyrimidine, optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF3, or CH 3 ; and wherein X4 is chosen from
- R 1 is chosen from -H, -CH;, -CH 2 OCH 3 , -CF3, -CH 2 CH 3 , or - (CH 2 ) 2 OCH 3 ;
- R2 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 ;
- R3 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 ,
- R4 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 , or R 1 and R4 together form a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring,
- R 5 is chosen from -H, -CH 3 , -CH 2 OH, -COOCH 3 , -COOH, or -CH 2 OCH 3 ;
- R 6 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 , or R? and R 6 together form a azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH 3 , -OH, -CF3, or -F;
- R7 is absent, 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, - CH 3 , -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH 3 , or -NHCOCH 3 ;
- R 8 is chosen from benzene, -CH 3 , or tertbutyl
- R9 is chosen from a cyclohexane optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen and -OH, a spiroheptane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, an indole, a cyclopentane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from -F or -CH 3 , -CH(OH)C(CH 3 ) 3 , a -CF2 optionally comprising a cyclopentane substituent or a halobenzene substituent, - C(F)cyclohexane, CH(CH3)CH2CH3, or -CH(CH 3 )2 cyclopentane; R 10 is chosen from -C(CH 3 )3, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane optionally comprising at least one
- Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N;
- A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X 2 is chosen from -NHCO-, -NHCOCH 2 -, -NHCOCH 2 O-, or -NH-; wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from: a cyclohexane, a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH 3 , -CF3, a cyclopropyl, or a (tri fluoromethyl )cycl opropyl, a pyridine, an indazole, a quinoline, a quinazoline, or a pyrimidine, optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF3, or CH 3: and wherein X4 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 or X 1 and X
- a compound of Formula (III) having a cyclobutane core: wherein A is absent or -CH 2 -; wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclobutane core chosen from: a cyclohexane optionally substituted with at least one halogen, a CH(CH,)CH 2 cyclopentane,
- R 1 is absent, 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -
- R2 is chosen from benzene, -CH 3 , or tertbutyl
- R3 is chosen from a cyclohexane optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen or -OH, a spiroheptane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, an indole, a cyclopentane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from -F or -CH 3 , -CH(OH)C(CH 3 )3, a -CF2 optionally comprising a cyclopentane substituent or a halobenzene substituent, -CH(F) cyclohexane, - CH(F)2 cyclohexane, -C(CH 3 )2CF3, -CH(CH 3 )2CH 2 CH 3 , or -CH(CH 3 )2 cyclopentane;
- R4 is chosen from -CF3, -CH 2 C(CH 3 )3, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from - OCHF2, -OCH 3 or a halogen;
- Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N;
- A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X 2 is chosen from -NHCO-, -NHCOCH 2 -, -CH 2 NHCO-, -NHCH 2 CH 2 -
- X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclobutane core chosen from: a cyclohexane, a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -OCHF2, -CH 3, -OCF3, -OCH 3 , -CF3, a tertbutyl, a cyclopropyl, or a (trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl, a pyrazole, a pyridine, an indazole, a quinoline, a quinazoline, an isoquinoline, a benzisoxazole, or a pyrimidine, optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from benzene, a halogen, a tertbutyl, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF3, or CH 3 ; and wherein X4 is independently chosen from -
- a compound of Formula (IV) having a cyclobutane core wherein A is absent, -CH 2 -, or -CH 2 C(O)-;
- Y is N or CH
- R is H or Cl k wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclobutane core chosen from:
- R 3 is -C(O)NHC(CH 3 ) 3 ; wherein X 2 is chosen from -CH 2 NHC(O)-, -CH 2 CH 2 NHC(O)-, or wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclobutane core chosen from: a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, or -OCHF 2 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- a pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV) as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a modified-release polymer, such as hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, or a polyacrylate polymer.
- a disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV) as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein.
- the disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel is a psychiatric disorder, pain, tremor, seizures, epilepsy, or an epilepsy syndrome.
- the disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel is tremor, such as essential tremor.
- the disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel is a psychiatric disorder, pain, tremor, seizures, epilepsy, or an epilepsy syndrome.
- the disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T- type calcium channel is tremor, such as essential tremor.
- compositions i.e., the compounds and compositions of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV)
- useful for preventing and/or treating pain tremor (e.g., essential tremor), epilepsy or epilepsy syndromes (e.g., absence seizures, juvenile myoclonic epilepsy, or a genetic epilepsy).
- tremor e.g., essential tremor
- epilepsy or epilepsy syndromes e.g., absence seizures, juvenile myoclonic epilepsy, or a genetic epilepsy.
- the compounds and compositions disclosed herein may also be useful for preventing and/or treating psychiatric disorders.
- Psychiatric disorders may, for example, include, mood disorders such as depression, major depressive disorder, and dysthymic disorder (e.g., mild depression); bipolar disorder (e.g., I and/or II); anxiety disorders (e.g., generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) and social anxiety disorder); stress; post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD); and compulsive disorders (e.g., obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD)).
- mood disorders such as depression, major depressive disorder, and dysthymic disorder (e.g., mild depression); bipolar disorder (e.g., I and/or II); anxiety disorders (e.g., generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) and social anxiety disorder); stress; post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD); and compulsive disorders (e.g., obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD)).
- GAD generalized anxiety disorder
- PTSD post-traumatic stress disorder
- OCD obsessive compulsive disorder
- an “effective amount” of a compound refers to an amount sufficient to elicit the desired biological response.
- the effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein may vary depending on such factors as the desired biological endpoint, the pharmacokinetics of the compound, the disease being treated, the mode of administration, and the age, health, and condition of the subject.
- An effective amount encompasses therapeutic and prophylactic treatment.
- a “therapeutically effective amount” of a compound is an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of a disease, disorder or condition, or to delay or minimize one or more symptoms associated with the disease, disorder or condition.
- a therapeutically effective amount of a compound means an amount of therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other therapies, which provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of the disease, disorder or condition.
- the term “therapeutically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall therapy, reduces or avoids symptoms or causes of disease or condition, or enhances the therapeutic efficacy of another therapeutic agent.
- refractory refers to a disease, disorder, or condition that does not readily yield or respond to therapy or treatment or is not controlled by a therapy or treatment.
- a disease, disorder, or condition described herein is refractory (e.g., refractory epilepsy or refractory absence seizures) and does not respond to standard therapy or treatment.
- a “subject” to which administration is contemplated includes, but is not limited to, humans (i.e., a male or female of any age group, e.g., a pediatric subject (e.g., infant, child, or adolescent) or adult subject (e.g., young adult, middle-aged adult or senior adult)) and/or a non-human animal, e.g., a mammal such as primates (e.g., cynomolgus monkeys, rhesus monkeys), cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, goats, rodents, cats, and/or dogs.
- the subject is a human.
- the subject is a non-human animal.
- the terms “human” and “patient” may be used interchangeably herein.
- the terms “treat,” “treating,” and “treatment” contemplate an action that occurs while a subject is suffering from the specified disease, disorder or condition, which reduces the severity of the disease, disorder or condition, or retards or slows the progression of the disease, disorder or condition (“therapeutic treatment”), and also contemplates an action that occurs before a subject begins to suffer from the specified disease, disorder or condition (“prophylactic treatment”).
- the term “in some embodiments,” “in other embodiments,” or the like, refers to embodiments of all aspects of the disclosure, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
- the compounds described herein can be in the form of an individual enantiomer, diastereomer or geometric isomer, or can be in the form of a mixture of stereo isomers, including racemic mixtures and mixtures enriched in one or more stereoisomer.
- Isomers can be isolated from mixtures by methods known to those skilled in the art, including chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and the formation and crystallization of chiral salts; or preferred isomers can be prepared by asymmetric syntheses.
- the compounds described herein may be individual isomers substantially free of other isomers, or alternatively, as mixtures of various isomers.
- a pure enantiomeric compound is substantially free from other enantiomers or stereo isomers of the compound (i.e., in enantiomeric excess).
- an “S” form of the compound is substantially free from the “R” form of the compound and is, thus, in enantiomeric excess of the “R” form.
- enantiomerically pure or “pure enantiomer” denotes that the compound comprises more than 75% by weight, more than 80% by weight, more than 85% by weight, more than 90% by weight, more than 91% by weight, more than 92% by weight, more than 93% by weight, more than 94% by weight, more than 95% by weight, more than 96% by weight, more than 97% by weight, more than 98% by weight, more than 98.5% by weight, more than 99% by weight, more than 99.2% by weight, more than 99.5% by weight, more than 99.6% by weight, more than 99.7% by weight, more than 99.8% by weight, or more than 99.9% by wei ght, of the enantiomer.
- the weights are based upon total weight of all enantiomers or stereo isomers of the compound.
- an enantiomerically pure compound can be present with other active or inactive ingredients.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising enantiomerically pure R-compound can comprise, for example, about 90% excipient and about 10% enantiomerically pure R- corapound.
- the enantiomerically pure R-compound in such compositions can, for example, comprise, at least about 95% by weight R-compound and at most about 5% by weight S-compound, by total weight of the compound.
- a pharmaceutical composition comprising enantiomerically pure S-compound can comprise, for example, about 90% excipient and about 10% enantiomerically pure S-compound.
- the enantiomerically pure S-compound in such compositions can, for example, comprise, at least about 95% by weight S-compound and at most about 5% by weight R-compound, by total weight of the compound.
- the active ingredient can be formulated with little or no excipient or carrier.
- Compounds described herein may also comprise one or more isotopic substitutions.
- H may be in any isotopic form, including 1 H, 2 H (D or deuterium), and 3 H (T or tritium);
- C may be in any isotopic form, including 12 C, 13 C, and 14 C;
- O may be in any isotopic form, including 16 O and 18 O; and the like.
- analogue means one analogue or more than one analogue.
- C1-6 alkyl is intended to encompass, C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C 6 , C1-6, C1-5, C1-4, C1-3, C1-2, C2-6, C2-5, C2-4, C2-3, C3-6, C3-5, C3-4, C4-6, C4-5, and C5-6 alkyl.
- Alkyl refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched saturated hydrocarbon group, e.g., having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (“C1-20 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C1-10 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to. 9 carbon atoms (“C1.9 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C1-8 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has I to 7 carbon atoms (“C1-7 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C1-6 alkyl”).
- an alkyl group has 1 to 5 carbon atoms (“C1-5 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C1-4 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms (“C1-3 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 2 carbon atoms (“C1-2 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has I carbon atom (“Cj alkyl”). Examples of C1-6 alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, hexyl, and the like.
- alkenyl refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, one or more carbon-carbon double bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon double bonds), and optionally one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon triple bonds) (“C2-20 alkenyl”). In certain embodiments, alkenyl does not contain any triple bonds. In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms (“C2-10 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C2-9 alkenyl”).
- an alkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C2-8 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C2-7 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C2-6 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C2-5 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C2-4 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C2-3 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 carbon atoms (“C2 alkenyl”). The one or more carbon-carbon double bonds can be internal (such as in 2-butenyl) or terminal (such as in 1-butenyl).
- Examples of C2-4 alkenyl groups include ethenyl (C2), 1 -propenyl (C3), 2-propenyl (C3), 1-butenyl (C4), 2-butenyl (C4), butadienyl (C4), and the like.
- Examples of C2-6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C2-4 alkenyl groups as well as pentenyl (C5), pentadienyl (C5), hexenyl (C 6 ), and the like.
- Additional examples of alkenyl include heptenyl (C7), octenyl (Cs), octatrienyl (C 8 ), and the like.
- Alkynyl refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon triple bonds), and optionally one or more carbon-carbon double bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon double bonds) (“C2-20 alkynyl”).
- alkynyl does not contain any double bonds, in some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms (“C2-10 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C2.-9 alkynyl”).
- an alkynyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C2-8 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C2-7 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C2-6 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C2-5 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C2-4 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C2-3 alkynyl”).
- an alkynyl group has 2 carbon atoms (“C2 alkynyl”).
- the one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds can be internal (such as in 2-butynyl) or terminal (such as in 1-butynyl).
- Examples of C2-4 alkynyl groups include, without limitation, ethynyl ( C 2 ). 1-propynyl (C3), 2-propynyl (C3), 1-butynyl (C4), 2-butynyl (C4), and the like.
- Examples of C2-6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C 2-4 alkynyl groups as well as pentynyl (C5), hexynyl (C 6 ), and the like. Additional examples of alkynyl include heptynyl (C7), octynyl (C 8 ), and the like.
- Aryl refers to a radical of a monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic or tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6, 10, or 14 ⁇ electrons shared in a cyclic array) having 6-14 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system (“C 6 -14 aryl”).
- an aryl group has six ring carbon atoms (“C 6 aryl”; e.g., phenyl).
- an aryl group has ten ring carbon atoms (“C10 aryl”; e.g., naphthyl such as 1 -naphthyl and 2-naphthyl). In some embodiments, an aryl group has fourteen ring carbon atoms (“C14 aryl”; e.g., anthracyl). “And” also includes ring systems wherein the aryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the radical or point of attachment is on the and ring, and in such instances, the number of carbon atoms continue to designate the number of carbon atoms in the aryl ring system.
- Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octal ene, ovalene, penta-2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene, and trinaphthalene.
- Particularly aryl groups include phen
- Hetero when used to describe a compound or a group present on a compound means that one or more carbon atoms in the compound or group have been replaced by a nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur heteroatom. Hetero may be applied to any of the alkyl groups described above such as alkyl, e.g., heteroalkyl; alkenyl, e.g., heteroalkenyl; alkynyl, e.g., heteroalkynyl; carbocyclyl, e.g., heterocyclyl; aryl, e.g,. heteroaryl, and the like having from 1 to 5, and particularly from 1 to 3 heteroatoms.
- alkyl e.g., heteroalkyl
- alkenyl e.g., heteroalkenyl
- alkynyl e.g., heteroalkynyl
- carbocyclyl e.g., heterocyclyl
- aryl e.g,. heteroaryl, and the like having from
- Heteroaryl refers to a radical of a 5-10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6 or 10 ⁇ electrons shared in a cyclic array) having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur (“5-10 membered heteroaryl”).
- the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits.
- Heteroaryl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.
- Heteroaryl includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heteroaryl ring system. “Heteroaryl” also includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the aryl or heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members designates the number of ring members in the fused (aryl/heteroaryl) ring system.
- Bicyclic heteroaryl groups wherein one ring does not contain a heteroatom e.g., indolyl, quinolinyl, carbazolyl, and the like
- the point of attachment can be on either ring, i.e., either the ring bearing a heteroatom (e.g., 2-indolyl) or the ring that does not contain a heteroatom (e.g., 5-indolyl).
- a heteroaryl group is a 5-10 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1 -4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-10 membered heteroaryl”).
- a heteroaryl group is a 5-8 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-8 membered heteroaryl”).
- a heteroaryl group is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-6 membered heteroaryl”).
- the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1-3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1-2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1 ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- Carbocyclyl or “carbocyclic” refers to a radical of a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C3-10 carbocyclyl”) and zero heteroatoms in the non-aromatic ring system.
- a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (“C3-8 carbocyclyl”).
- a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C3-6 carbocyclyl”).
- a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C3-6 carbocyclyl”).
- a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C5-10 carbocyclyl”).
- C3-6 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, cyclopropyl (C3), cyclopropenyl (C3), cyclobutyl (C4), cyclobutenyl (C4), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclopentenyl (C5), cyclohexyl (C 6 ), cyclohexenyl (C 6 ), cyclohexadienyl (C 6 ), and the like.
- Exemplary C3-5 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned C3-6 carbocyclyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C7), cycloheptenyl (C7), cycloheptadienyl (C7), cycloheptatrienyl (C7), cyclooctyl (C 8 ), cyclooctenyl (C 8 ), bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl (C7), bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl (Cs), and the like.
- Exemplary C3-10 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned C3-8 carbocyclyl groups as well as cyclononyl (C9), cyclononenyl (C9), cyclodecyl (C10), cyclodecenyl (C10), octahydro-lH-indenyl (C9), decahydronaphthalenyl (C10), spiro[4.5]decanyl (C10), and the like.
- the carbocyclyl group is either monocyclic (“monocyclic carbocyclyl”) or contain a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic carbocyclyl”) and can be saturated or can be partially unsaturated.
- “Carbocyclyl” also includes ring systems wherein the carbocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the carbocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbons continue to designate the number of carbons in the carbocyclic ring system.
- Heterocyclyl or ‘"heterocyclic” refers to a radical of a 3- to 10- membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, boron, phosphorus, and silicon (“3-10 membered heterocyclyl”).
- the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits.
- a heterocyclyl group can either be monocyclic (“monocyclic heterocyclyl”) or a fused, bridged or spire ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic heterocyclyl”), and can be saturated or can be partially unsaturated.
- Heterocyclyl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.
- Heterocyclyl also includes ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring, or ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups, wherein the point of attachment is on the heterocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heterocyclyl ring system.
- a heterocyclyl group is a 5-10 membered non- aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, boron, phosphorus, and silicon (“5-10 membered heterocyclyl”).
- a heterocyclyl group is a 5-8 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-8 membered heterocyclyl”).
- a heterocyclyl group is a 5-6 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-6 membered heterocyclyl”).
- the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has 1-3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has 1-2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has one ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- Exemplary 3 -membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azirdinyl, oxiranyl, thiorenyl.
- Exemplary 4-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azetidinyl, oxetanyl and thietanyl.
- Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, pyrrolidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl and pyrrolyl- 2, 5-dione.
- Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, dioxolanyl, oxasulfuranyl, disulfuranyl, and oxazolidin-2- one.
- Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing three heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolinyl, oxadi azolinyl, and thiadiazolinyl.
- Exemplary 6- membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyridinyl, and thianyl.
- Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, dioxanyl.
- Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing three heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazinanyl.
- Exemplary 7-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azepanyl, oxepanyl and thiepanyl.
- Exemplary 8-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azocanyl, oxecanyl and thiocanyl.
- Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups fused to a C 6 aryl ring include, without limitation, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, benzoxazolinonyl, and the like.
- Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups fused to an aryl ring include, without limitation, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and the like.
- Cyano refers to -CN.
- Halo or “halogen” refers to a fluorine atom (i.e., fluoro or -F), a chlorine atom (i.e., chloro or -Cl), a bromine atom (i.e., bromo or -Br), and an iodine atom (i.e., iodo or -I).
- the halo group is fluoro or chloro.
- Haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
- Niro refers to -NO2.
- spiro refers to a molecule containing at least two adjoining ring structures, in which the adjoining ring structures share one atom.
- a spiroheptane refers to two adjoining cyclobutane rings sharing one carbon atom.
- substituted means that at least one hydrogen present on a group (e.g., a carbon or nitrogen atom) is replaced with a permissible substituent, e.g., a substituent which upon substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, or other reaction.
- a “substituted” group has a substituent at one or more substitutable positions of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure is substituted, the substituent is either the same or different at each position.
- a “counterion” or “anionic counterion” is a negatively charged group associated with a cationic quaternary amino group in order to maintain electronic neutrality.
- exemplary counterions include halide ions (e.g., F-, Cl", Br", I"), NO 3 ", C1O 4 , OH-, H2PO4-, HSO4-, SO4-, sulfonate ions (e.g., methansulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, 10-camphor sulfonate, naphthalene-2-sulfonate, naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid-5-sulfonate, ethan-1- sulfonic acid-2-sulfonate, and the like), and carboxylate ions (e.g., acetate, ethanoate, propanoate,
- pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- the general concept of pharmaceutically acceptable salts has been discussed in the art, including, for example, Berge et al., which describes pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J Pharmaceutical Science (1977) 66: 1-19.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds described herein include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange.
- inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid
- organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange.
- salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dod ecyl sulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemi sulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, mal onate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate,
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N + (C 1-4 alkyl) 4 salts.
- Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like.
- Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, lower alkyl sulfonate, and and sulfonate.
- modified-release polymer refers to a polymer that is used in a formulation (e.g., tablets and capsules) to modify the release rate of the drug upon administration to a subject.
- a modified-release polymer is used to dissolve a drug over time in order to be released slower and steadier into the bloodstream.
- a modified-release polymer is a controlled-release polymer.
- a modified-release polymer or a controlled-release polymer is an HPMC polymer.
- a modified-release polymer may include hydrophilic matrix polymers (e.g., hypromellose, hydroxyl-propyl methylcellulose (HPMC)), hydrophobic matrix polymers (e.g., ethyl cellulose, ethocel), or polyacrylate polymers (e.g., Eudragit® RL100, Eudragit® RS100).
- hydrophilic matrix polymers e.g., hypromellose, hydroxyl-propyl methylcellulose (HPMC)
- hydrophobic matrix polymers e.g., ethyl cellulose, ethocel
- polyacrylate polymers e.g., Eudragit® RL100, Eudragit® RS100.
- diluent refers to an excipient used to increase weight and improve content uniformity.
- diluents include cellulose derivatives (e.g., microcrystalline cellulose), starches (e.g., hydrolyzed starches, and partially pregelatinized starches), anhydrous lactose, lactose monohydrate, di-calcium phosphate (DCP), sugar alcohols (e.g., sorbitol, xylitol and mannitol)).
- glidanf refers to an excipient used to promote powder flow by reducing interparticle friction and cohesion.
- glidants include fumed silica (e.g., colloidal silicon dioxide), talc, and magnesium carbonate.
- lubricant refers to an excipient used to prevent ingredients from clumping together and from sticking to the tablet punches or capsule filling machine. Lubricants are also used to ensure that tablet formation and ejection can occur with low friction between the solid and die wall.
- lubricants include magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, stearic acid, talc, silica, and fats (e.g., vegetable stearin).
- coating refers to an excipient to protect tablet ingredients from deterioration by moisture in the air and make large or unpleasant- tasting tablets easier to swallow.
- compositions i.e., the compounds and compositions of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV)
- diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with aberrant function thereof e.g., psychiatric disorders (e.g., mood disorder (e.g., major depressive disorder)); pain; tremor, such as essential tremor; epilepsy or an epilepsy seizure, such as absence seizures, juvenile myoclonic epilepsy, status epilepsy, or a genetic epilepsy.
- the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (IA) with a cyclohexane core:
- R 1 is chosen from -H, -CH 3 , -CH 2 OCH 3 , -CF3, -CH 2 CH 3 , or -
- R 2 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 ;
- R3 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 ,
- R4 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 , or R 1 and R4 together form a cyclopropane, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring;
- R 5 is chosen from -H, -CH 3, -CF3 -CH 2 OH, -COOCH 3 , -COOH, or -CH 2 OCH 3 ;
- R 6 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 , or R 5 and R 6 together form an azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH 3 , -OH, -CF3, or -F;
- R7 is 1, 2, or 3 and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, -CH 3 , - OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH 3 , or -NHCOCH 3 ;
- R 8 is chosen from benzene, -CH 3 , or tertbutyl
- R9 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH 3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran, -CH(CH 3 )2CH 2 CH 3 , or -CH(CH 3 )2 cyclopentane;
- R 10 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH 3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising an -OCH 3 substituent;
- Ai is chosen from -CH or -N;
- a 2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O;
- X2 is chosen from -NHCO- or -NHCOCH 2 -;
- X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclohexane chosen from: a cyclohexane, a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (I) with a cyclohexane core: wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclohexane core chosen from: wherein R 1 is chosen from -H, -CH 3 , -CH 2 OCH 3 , -CF3, -CH 2 CH 3 , or - (CH 2 ) 2 OCH 3 ;
- R2 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 ;
- R3 is chosen from -H or -Cl I c.
- R4 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 , or R 1 and R4 together form a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring;
- R 5 is chosen from -H, -CH 3 -CH 2 OH, -COOCH 3 , -COOH, or -CH 2 OCH 3 ,
- R 6 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 , or R5 and R 6 together form an azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH 3 , -OH, -CF3, or -F;
- R7 is 1, 2, or 3 and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, -CH 3 , - OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH 3 , or -NHCOCH 3 ;
- R 8 is chosen from benzene, -CH 3 , or tertbutyl
- R9 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH 3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodioxane, a tetrahydropyran, -CH(CH 3 )2CH 2 CH 3 , or -CH(CH 3 )2 cyclopentane;
- R 10 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH 3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising an -OCH 3 substituent;
- A1 is chosen from -CH or -N;
- A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O;
- X2 is chosen from -NHCO- or -NHCOCH 2 -, and
- X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclohexane chosen from: a cyclohexane, a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- X 1 is Formula (la) and R2, R3, and R5 are -H, and in certain embodiments, R 1 , R5, and R 6 are -CH 3 .
- X2 is - NHCOCH 2 -, and in certain embodiments, X2 is -NHCO-.
- X3 is a cyclohexane, and in certain embodiments, X3 is a phenyl group, for example a phenyl group comprising at least two halogen substituents.
- the halogen substituents may be chosen from chlorine, fluorine, or any combination thereof.
- R9 is a cyclohexane with two halogen substituents, such as two fluorine substituents
- the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (IA), wherein the compound has a structure as set forth below:
- the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (IIA) with a cyclopentane core: wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from: wherein R 1 is chosen from -H, -CH 3 , -CH 2 OCH 3 , -CF3, -CH 2 CH 3 , or - (CH 2 ) 2 OCH 3 ;
- R 2 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 ,
- R3 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 ;
- R4 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 , or R 1 and R4 together form a cyclopropane, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring;
- R 5 is chosen from -H, -CH 3 , -CF3, -CH 2 OH, -COOCH 3 , -COOH, or -CH 2 OCH 3 ;
- R 6 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 , or R5 and R 6 together form a azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH 3 , -OH, -CF 3 , or -F,
- R7 is absent, 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF 3 , -CHF 2 , - CH 3 , -OCHF 2 , -OCF 3 , -OCH 3 , or -NHCOCH 3 ;
- R 8 is chosen from benzene, -CH 3 , or tertbutyl
- R9 is chosen from a cyclohexane optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen and -OH, a spiroheptane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, an indole, a cyclopentane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from -F or -CH 3 , -CH(OH)C(CH 3 ) 3 , a -CF 2 optionally comprising a cyclopentane substituent or a halobenzene substituent, - C(F)cyclohexane, CH(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 3 , or -CH(CH 3 ) 2 cyclopentane; R 10 is chosen from -C(CH 3 ) 3 , a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane optional
- Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N;
- a 2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X 2 is chosen from -NHCO-, -NHCOCH 2 -, -NHCOCH 2 O-, or -NH-; wherein X 3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from: a cyclohexane, a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH 3 , -CF3, a cyclopropyl, or a (trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl, a pyridine, an indazole, a quinoline, a quinazoline, or a pyrimidine, optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF3, or CH 3 ; and wherein X4 is chosen from -H or -CH ; or X 1 and X
- the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (II) with a cyclopentane core: wherein X 1 is a left-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from : wherein R 1 is chosen from -H, -CH 3 , -CH 2 OCH 3 , -CF3, -CH 2 CH 3 , or - (CH 2 ) 2 OCH 3 ;
- R 2 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 ,
- R3 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 ;
- Ri is chosen from -H or -CH 3 , or R 1 and R4 together form a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring;
- R 5 is chosen from -H, -CH 3 , -CH 2 OH, -COOCH 3 , -COOH, or -CH 2 OCH 3 ;
- R 6 is chosen from -H or -CH 3 , or R5 and R 6 together form a azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH 3 , -OH, -CF 3 , or -F,
- R7 is absent, 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF 3 , -CHF 2 , - CH 3 , -OCHF 2 , -OCF 3 , -OCH 3 , or -NHCOCH 3 ;
- R 8 is chosen from benzene, -CH 3 , or tertbutyl
- R9 is chosen from a cyclohexane optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen and -OH, a spiroheptane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, an indole, a cyclopentane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from -F or -CH 3 , -CH(OH)C(CH 3 ) 3 , a -CF 2 optionally comprising a cyclopentane substituent or a halobenzene substituent, - C(F)cyclohexane, CH(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 3 , or -CH(CH 3 ) 2 cyclopentane; R 10 is chosen from -C(CH 3 ) 3 , a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane optional
- Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N;
- a 2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X 2 is chosen from -NHCO-, -NHCOCH 2 -, -NHCOCH 2 O-, or -NH-; wherein X 3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from: a cyclohexane, a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH 3 , -CF3, a cyclopropyl, or a (trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl, a pyridine, an indazole, a quinoline, a quinazoline, or a pyrimidine, optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF3, or CH 3 ; and wherein X4 is chosen from -H or -Cl h or X 1 and
- Xi is Formula (a) and R2, R3, and R 6 are -H, and in certain embodiments, R 1 , R 5 , and R 6 are -CH 3 .
- Xi is Formula (b), and in certain embodiments wherein Xi is Formula (b), R7 is -Cl, such as a single - Cl substituent.
- X2 is -NHCOCH 2 -, and in certain embodiments, X2 is -NHCO- and X4 is -H, such that the compound of Formula (II) or Formula (IIA) is
- X3 is a cyclohexane, and in certain embodiments, X3 is a phenyl group, for example a phenyl group comprising at least two halogen substituents.
- the halogen substituents may be chosen from chlorine, fluorine, or any combination thereof.
- the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (II) or Formula (IIA), wherein the compound has a structure as set forth below:
- the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (III) with a cyclobutane core:
- RI is absent, 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -
- R2 is chosen from benzene, -CH 3 , or tertbutyl
- R3 is chosen from a cyclohexane optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen or -OH, a spiroheptane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, an indole, a cyclopentane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from -F or -CH 3 , -CH(OH)C(CH 3 )3, a -CF2 optionally comprising a cyclopentane substituent or a halobenzene substituent, -CH(F) cyclohexane, - CH(F)2 cyclohexane, -C(CH 3 )2CF3, -CH(CH 3 )2CH 2 CH 3 , or -CH(CH 3 )2 cyclopentane;
- R4 is chosen from -CF3, -CH 2 C(CH 3 )3, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from - OCHF2, -OCH 3 or a halogen;
- Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N;
- A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X 2 is chosen from -NHCO-, -NHCOCH 2 -, -CH 2 NHCO-, -NHCH 2 CH 2 -
- X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclobutane core chosen from: a cyclohexane, a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -CH(CH 3 )2, -OCHF2, -CH 3 , -OCF3, -OCH 3 , -CF3, a tertbutyl, a cyclopropyl, or a (trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl, or a pyrazole, a pyridine, an indazole, a quinoline, a quinazoline, an isoquinoline, a benzisoxazole, or a pyrimidine, optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from benzene, a halogen, a tertbutyl, -CH 3 , -OCH 3 , -CF3, or CH 3 ; and wherein X4 is independently chosen from
- X 1 is Formula (Illa), and in certain embodiments wherein Xi is Formula (Illa), R 1 is -Cl, such as a single -Cl substituent.
- X2 is -NHCOCH 2 -, and in certain embodiments, X?, is -NHCO-.
- Xi is Formula ( 11 Ic ), and in certain embodiments wherein X 1 is Formula (IIIc), R3 is a cyclohexane comprising two halogen substituents, such as two fluorine substituents.
- R4 is a cyclohexane with two halogen substituents, such as two fluorine substituents.
- X3 is a cyclohexane, and in certain embodiments, X3 is a phenyl group, for example a phenyl group comprising at least two halogen substituents.
- the halogen substituents may be chosen from chlorine, fluorine, or any combination thereof.
- A is absent and each of X4 is -H such that the compound of Formula (III) is
- the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (III), wherein the compound has a structure as set forth below:
- a compound of Formula (IV) having a cyclobutane core wherein A is absent, -CH 2 -, or -CH 2 C(O)-;
- Y is N or CH; R 1 is - -H or - -CH 3 ; wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclobutane core chosen from:
- R 3 is -C(O)NHC(CH 3 ) 3 ; wherein X 2 is chosen from -CH 2 NHC(O)-, -CH 2 CH 2 NHC(O)-, or wherein X 3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclobutane core chosen from: a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, or -OCHF 2 ; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (IV), wherein the compound has a structure as set forth below: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be in a pharmaceutical composition, such as in a dosage form.
- a pharmaceutical composition such as in a dosage form.
- the terms pharmaceutical composition and dosage form may be used interchangeably.
- a composition that can be used in a method described herein may be a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and an excipient that functions to modify the release rate of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the pharmaceutical composition may be a swellable core technology formulation.
- a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be a dosage form, such as an oral dosage form, comprising the compound of Formula (I) , Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a modified-release polymer (e.g., a controlled-release polymer, hydrophilic matrix polymers, e.g., an HPMC polymer, hydrophobic matrix polymers (e.g., ethyl cellulose, ethocel), or polyacrylate polymers (e.g., Eudragit® RL100, Eudragit® RS 100)), in an amount sufficient to modify the release rate of the compound of Formula (I) , Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- a modified-release polymer e.g., a controlled-release polymer, hydrophilic matrix polymers, e.g., an HPMC polymer, hydro
- the dosage form may comprises from about 0.9% by weight to about 40% by weight (e.g., from about 0.9% by weight to about 30%, from about 1% by weight to about 25% by weight, from about 2% by weight to about 25% by weight, from about 3% by weight to about 20% by weight, from about 4% by weight to about 20% by weight, from about 5% by weight to about 20% by weight, from about 5% by weight to about 15% by weight, from about 5% by weight to about 10% by weight, or about 0.9%, about 1%, about 2%, about 3%, about 4%, about 5%, about 6%, about 7%, about 8%, about 9%, about 10%, about 11%, about 12%, about 13%, about 14%, about 15%, about 16%, about 17%, about 18%, about 19%, about 20%, about 21%, about 22%, about 23%, about 24%, about 25%, about 26%, about 27%, about 28%, about 29%, about 30%, about 40% by weight) of the compound of Formula
- the dosage form may comprise from about 4% by weight to about 25% by weight of the compound of Formula (I) , Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, such as, for example from about 19% to about 20%, from about 21% to about 22%, from about 4% to about 15%, from about 4% to about 10%, from about 4% to about 5%, from about 5% to about 6%, or from about 9% to about 10%, by weight.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof such as, for example from about 19% to about 20%, from about 21% to about 22%, from about 4% to about 15%, from about 4% to about 10%, from about 4% to about 5%, from about 5% to about 6%, or from about 9% to about 10%, by weight.
- a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be a dosage form or composition comprising from about 0 mg to about 60 mg (e.g., about 1 mg to about 20 mg, about 5 mg to about 25 mg, about 10 mg to about 30 mg, about 15 mg to about 35 mg, about 20 mg to about 40 mg, about 25 mg to about 55 mg or about 30 mg to about 60 mg of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV) as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- a dosage form or composition comprising from about 0 mg to about 60 mg (e.g., about 1 mg to about 20 mg, about 5 mg to about 25 mg, about 10 mg to about 30 mg, about 15 mg to about 35 mg, about 20 mg to about 40 mg, about 25 mg to about 55 mg or about 30 mg to about 60 mg of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV) as disclosed herein,
- a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be a dosage form or composition comprising from about 1 mg to about 60 mg (e.g., about 5 mg, about 10 mg, about 15 mg, about 20 mg, about 25 mg, about 30 mg, about 35 mg, about 40 mg, about 45 mg, about 50 mg, about 55 mg, or about 60 mg) of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a modified-release polymer (e.g., a controlled-release polymer, hydrophilic matrix polymers, e.g., an HPMC polymer, hydrophobic matrix polymers (e.g., ethyl cellulose, ethocel), or polyacrylate polymers (e.g., Eudragit® RL100, Eudragit® RS100)), for example, in an amount sufficient to modify the release rate of the compound of Formula (I).
- the dosage form comprises from about 4 mg to about 6 mg (e.g., about 5 mg) of the compound of Formula (I) , Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the dosage form comprises from about 15 mg to about 45 mg (e.g., about 20 mg) of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, such as from about 5 mg to about 15 mg (e.g., about 10 mg), from about 15 mg to about 25 mg, from about 25 mg to about 35 mg (e.g., about 30 mg), or from about 35 mg to about 45 mg (e.g., about 40 mg).
- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof such as from about 5 mg to about 15 mg (e.g., about 10 mg), from about 15 mg to about 25 mg, from about 25 mg to about 35 mg (e.g., about 30 mg), or from about 35 mg to about 45 mg (e.g., about 40 mg).
- the dosage form comprises from about 55 mg to 65 mg of a modified-release polymer (e.g., an HPMC polymer). In some embodiments, the dosage form comprises from about 10% by weight to about 70% by weight of the modified-release polymer (e.g., an HPMC polymer). In some embodiments, the dosage form comprises from about 50% by weight to about 60% by weight of the modified- release polymer (e.g., an HPMC polymer).
- a modified-release polymer e.g., an HPMC polymer
- the dosage form comprises from about 10% by weight to about 70% by weight of the modified-release polymer (e.g., an HPMC polymer). In some embodiments, the dosage form comprises from about 50% by weight to about 60% by weight of the modified- release polymer (e.g., an HPMC polymer).
- the dosage form further comprises a diluent.
- the diluent comprises microcrystalline cellulose.
- the dosage form comprises from about 15 mg to 40 mg (e.g., from about 15 mg to about 25 mg, from about 20 mg to about 25 mg, from about 25 mg to about 30 mg, from about 30 mg to about 40 mg) microcrystalline cellulose.
- the dosage form comprises from about 15 mg to about 25 mg microcrystalline cellulose.
- the dosage form comprises from about 30 mg to about 40 mg microcrystalline cellulose.
- the dosage form comprises from about 15% to about 35% by weight (e.g., from about 15% to about 20%, from about 20% to about 25%, from 25% to about 30%, or from 30% to about 35% by weight) microcrystalline cellulose.
- the dosage form further comprises a glidant.
- the glidant comprises colloidal silicon dioxide.
- the dosage form further comprises a lubricant.
- the lubricant comprises magnesium stearate.
- the dosage form further comprises a coating.
- about 80% of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is released within 7 hours upon administration to a subject. In certain embodiments, about 80% of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is released in 7 hours using USP apparatus type-I, media containing 900 mL 0.1 M HC1, and a paddle speed of 100 rpm.
- the dosage form upon administration to a subject, has a reduced Cmax value than a reference oral dosage form (e.g., a dosage form without any intended release rate profile (e.g., without a modified release rate profile or a dosage form that does not have a modified-release polymer, e.g., an HPMC polymer)).
- a reference oral dosage form e.g., a dosage form without any intended release rate profile (e.g., without a modified release rate profile or a dosage form that does not have a modified-release polymer, e.g., an HPMC polymer)
- a reference oral dosage form e.g., a dosage form without any intended release rate profile (e.g., without a modified release rate profile or a dosage form that does not have a modified-release polymer, e.g., an HPMC polymer)
- the dosage form is administered to a patient once daily. In certain embodiments, the dosage form is administered to a patient twice daily. In some embodiments, the dosage form is a tablet. In other embodiments, the dosage form is a capsule. In certain embodiments, the dosage form is a suspension.
- a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be an oral dosage form (e.g., particulate) comprising from about 15 mg to 25 mg of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and from about 55 mg to 65 mg of an HPMC polymer.
- an oral dosage form e.g., particulate
- an oral dosage form comprising from about 15 mg to 25 mg of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and from about 55 mg to 65 mg of an HPMC polymer.
- a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be an oral dosage form (e.g., particulate) comprising from about 14% by weight to about 25% by weight of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and from about 53% to about 64% by weight of an HPMC polymer.
- an oral dosage form e.g., particulate
- an oral dosage form comprising from about 14% by weight to about 25% by weight of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and from about 53% to about 64% by weight of an HPMC polymer.
- a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be an oral dosage form (e.g., particulate) comprising from about 3 mg to 8 mg of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and from about 55 mg to 65 mg of an HPMC polymer.
- an oral dosage form e.g., particulate
- an oral dosage form comprising from about 3 mg to 8 mg of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and from about 55 mg to 65 mg of an HPMC polymer.
- a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be an oral dosage form (e.g., particulate) comprising from about 3% by weight to about 8% by weight of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and from about 53% to about 64% by weight of an HPMC polymer.
- an oral dosage form e.g., particulate
- an oral dosage form comprising from about 3% by weight to about 8% by weight of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and from about 53% to about 64% by weight of an HPMC polymer.
- a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be an oral (e.g., particulate) composition comprising the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a modified-release polymer (e.g., a controlled-release polymer, e.g., an HPMC polymer as a hydrophilic matrix polymer).
- a modified-release polymer e.g., a controlled-release polymer, e.g., an HPMC polymer as a hydrophilic matrix polymer.
- the composition comprises from about 0.9% by weight to about 40% by weight of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the composition comprises from about 14% to about 25%, about 19% to about 20%, about 21% to about 22%, about 4% to about 15%, about 4% to about 10%, about 4% to about 5%, about 5% to about 6%, or about 9% to about 10%, by weight of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the composition comprises from about 1 mg to about 60 mg (e.g., about 5 mg, about 10 mg, about 15 mg, about 20 mg, about 25 mg, about 30 mg, about 35 mg, about 40 mg, about 45 mg, about 50 mg, about 55 mg, or about 60 mg) of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the composition comprises from about 4 mg to about 6 mg (e.g., about 5 mg) of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the composition comprises from about 15 mg to about 25 mg (e.g., about 20 mg) of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the composition comprises a diluent.
- the diluent comprises microcrystalline cellulose.
- the composition comprises from about 15 mg to 40 mg (e.g., from about 15 mg to about 25 mg, from about 20 mg to about 25 mg, from about 25 mg to about 30 mg, or from about 30 mg to about 40 mg) microcrystalline cellulose.
- the composition comprises from about 15% to about 35% by weight (e.g., from about 15% to about 20%, from about 20% to about 25 %, from 25% to about 30%, or from 30% to about 35% by weight) microcrystalline cellulose.
- the composition comprises from about 15 mg to about 25 mg microcrystalline cellulose. In some embodiments, the composition comprises from about 30 mg to about 40 mg microcrystalline cellulose. In some embodiments, the composition further comprises a glidant. In some embodiments, the glidant comprises colloidal silicon dioxide. In some embodiments, the composition further comprises a lubricant. In some embodiments, the lubricant comprises magnesium stearate. In some embodiments, the composition further comprises a coating. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is stable within the formulation at about 25 °C at 60% relative humidity for at least 24 months.
- the compound is stable at about 25 °C at 60% relative humidity for at least 36 months. In some embodiments, the compound is stable at about 25 °C at 60% relative humidity for at least 48 months. In other embodiments, the compound is stable at about 25 °C at 60% relative humidity for at least 60 months. In some embodiments, the compound is stable at about 40 °C at 75% relative humidity for at least 6 months.
- a dosage form or composition that can be used in the methods described herein may be a dosage form or composition comprising the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, where the compound Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is released immediately upon an administration to the subject.
- a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be an oral capsule for immediate release comprising from about 15 mg to about 20 mg of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and from about 75 mg to 85 mg diluent; from about 2 mg to 10 mg binder; from about 1 % to about 5 % disintegrant; and from about 0.1 mg to 5 mg lubricant.
- the compounds, compositions, dosage forms, and the like described herein may be administered to a subject.
- the dosage form is administered to the subject more than once a day (e.g., twice a day, three times a day, or four times a day).
- the dosage form is administered to the subject once a day (e.g., one 20 mg tablet once a day, two 20 mg tablets once a day, or three 20 mg tablets once a day). In some embodiments, the dosage form is administered to the subject twice a day (e.g., one 10 mg tablet twice a day, one 20 mg tablet twice a day, two 20 mg tablets twice a day, three 20 mg tablets twice a day). In some embodiments, the dosage form is administered to the subject every other day.
- about 1 mg to about 60 mg, such as about 20 mg to about 40 mg, of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is administered to the subject daily.
- about 15 mg to 25 mg of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to the subject daily.
- about 30 mg to 40 mg of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to the subject daily.
- compositions that contain, as the active ingredient, one or more of the compounds described, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, carriers, including inert solid diluents and fillers, diluents, including sterile aqueous solution and various organic solvents, permeation enhancers, solubilizers and adjuvants.
- the pharmaceutical compositions may be administered alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents.
- General techniques for preparing pharmaceutical compositions are disclosed in the pharmaceutical art (see, e.g., Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mace Publishing Co., Philadelphia, Pa. 17 th Ed. (1985); and Modem Pharmaceutics, Marcel Dekker, Inc. 3 rd Ed. (G. S. Banker & C. T. Rhodes, Eds.).
- compositions may be administered in either single or multiple doses by any of the accepted modes of administration of agents having similar utilities, for example as described in those patents and patent applications incorporated by reference, including rectal, buccal, intranasal and transdermal routes, by intra-arterial injection, intravenously, intraperitoneally, parenterally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, orally, topically, as an inhalant, or via an impregnated or coated device such as a stent, for example, or an artery-inserted cylindrical polymer.
- agents having similar utilities for example as described in those patents and patent applications incorporated by reference, including rectal, buccal, intranasal and transdermal routes, by intra-arterial injection, intravenously, intraperitoneally, parenterally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, orally, topically, as an inhalant, or via an impregnated or coated device such as a stent, for example, or an artery-inserted cylindrical polymer.
- the compounds and compositions are administered orally.
- the compound or a composition thereof may be formulated in a liquid or oral dosage form. Administration may be via capsule or tablet (e.g., an enteric coated tablet), or the like.
- the active ingredient is usually diluted by an excipient and/or enclosed within such a carrier that can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container.
- the excipient when it serves as a diluent, it can be in the form of a solid, semisolid, or liquid material (as above), which acts as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient.
- the compositions can be in the form of a tablet, pill, powder, lozenge, sachet, elixir, suspension, emulsion, solution, syrup, aerosol (as a solid or in a liquid medium), or ointment containing, for example, up to 10% by weight of the active compound, or capsule (e.g., soft or hard gelatin capsule).
- the compounds and compositions i.e., the compounds and compositions of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV)
- administered parenterally e.g., by injection or intravenously.
- the compound or a composition thereof may be formulated in a liquid dosage form and may include one or more excipients.
- excipients include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, sterile water, syrup, and methyl cellulose.
- the formulations can additionally include lubricating agents such as talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and suspending agents; preserving agents such as methyl and propylhydroxy-benzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents.
- compositions disclosed herein can be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained, or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient.
- Controlled release drug delivery systems for oral administration include osmotic pump systems and dissolutional systems containing polymer-coated reservoirs or drug-polymer matrix formulations. Examples of controlled release systems are given in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,845,770; 4,326,525; 4,902,514; and 5,616,345.
- Another formulation for use in the methods of the present disclosure employs transdermal delivery devices (“patches”). Such transdermal patches may be used to provide continuous or discontinuous infusion of the compounds disclosed herein in controlled amounts.
- the general construction and use of transdermal patches for the delivery of pharmaceutical agents is described in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,023,252, 4,992,445 and 5,001,139. Such patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents.
- compositions are preferably formulated in a unit dosage form.
- unit dosage forms refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient (e.g., a tablet, capsule, ampoule).
- the compounds are generally administered in a pharmaceutically effective amount.
- each dosage unit contains from 1 mg to 2 g of a compound described herein, and for parenteral administration, preferably from 0.1 to 700 mg of a compound described herein.
- the amount of the compound actually administered usually will be determined by a physician, in the light of the relevant circumstances, including the condition to be treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual compound administered and its relative activity, the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient’s symptoms, and the like.
- a pharmaceutical excipient for preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound as disclosed herein.
- these preformulation compositions as homogeneous it is meant that the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules.
- the tablets or pills disclosed herein may be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action, or to protect from the acid conditions of the stomach.
- the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former.
- the two components can be separated by an enteric layer that serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permit the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release.
- enteric layers or coatings such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol, and cellulose acetate.
- the present disclosure provides a method of treating a disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering (e.g., once, twice, three times) daily to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the same.
- the present disclosure similarly provides a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the same, for use in treating a disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel in a subject in need thereof.
- the present disclosure is intended to encompass the compounds disclosed herein, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomeric forms, polymorphs, and prodrugs of such compounds.
- the present invention includes a pharmaceutically acceptable addition salt, a hydrate of an addition salt, a tautomeric form, a polymorph, an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a stereo isomer or mixture of stereoisomers (pure or as a racemic or non-racemic mixture) of a compound described herein.
- the compound may be in the form of a composition, including a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form.
- compositions described herein are useful in the treatment of epilepsy and epilepsy syndromes.
- Epilepsy is a central nervous system disorder in which nerve cell activity in the brain becomes disrupted, causing recurrent seizures that can manifest as abnormal movements, periods of unusual behavior, sensations, and sometimes loss of consciousness. Seizure symptoms will vary widely, from a simple blank stare for a few seconds to repeated twitching of the arms or legs during a seizure.
- Epilepsy may involve a generalized seizure, involving multiple areas of the brain, or a partial or focal seizure. All areas of the brain are involved in a generalized seizure.
- a person experiencing a generalized seizure may cry out or make some sound, stiffen for several seconds to a minute and then have rhythmic movements of the arms and legs.
- the eyes may be open, and/or the person may appear not to be breathing and turn blue. The return to consciousness may be gradual, and the person may be confused from minutes to hours.
- tonic- clonic tonic, clonic, myoclonic, myoclonic-tonic-clonic, myoclonic-atonic, atonic, and absence (typical, atypical, myoclonic, eyelid myoclonia) seizures, and epileptic spasms.
- tonic- clonic tonic, clonic, myoclonic, myoclonic-tonic-clonic, myoclonic-atonic, atonic, and absence (typical, atypical, myoclonic, eyelid myoclonia) seizures, and epileptic spasms.
- a partial or focal seizure only part of the brain is involved, so only part of the body is affected.
- symptoms may vary.
- Epilepsy includes a generalized, partial, complex partial (e.g., seizures involving only part of the brain, but where consciousness is compromised), tonic clonic, clonic, tonic, refractory seizures, status epilepticus, absence seizures, febrile seizures, or temporal lobe epilepsy.
- compositions described herein may also be useful in the treatment of epilepsy syndromes.
- Severe syndromes with diffuse brain dysfunction caused, at least partly, by some aspect of epilepsy are also referred to as epileptic encephalopathies. These are associated with frequent seizures that are resistant to treatment and severe cognitive dysfunction, for instance West syndrome.
- the epilepsy syndrome comprises epileptic encephalopathy, Dravet syndrome, Angelman syndrome, CDKL5 disorder, frontal lobe epilepsy, infantile spasms, West’s syndrome, Juvenile Myoclonic Epilepsy, Landau- Ki effner syndrome, Lennox-Gastaut syndrome, Ohtahara syndrome, PCDH19 epilepsy, or Glutl deficiency.
- the epilepsy syndrome is childhood absence epilepsy (CAE).
- the epilepsy syndrome is juvenile absence epilepsy (JAE).
- the epilepsy syndrome is Lennox-Gastaut syndrome.
- the epilepsy syndrome is SLC6A1 epileptic encephalopathy.
- the epilepsy syndrome is associated with mutations in the genes that code for T-type calcium channels (e.g., CACNA1G, EEF1A2, and GABRG2 for genetic generalized epilepsy (GGE) and LGI1, TRIM3, and GABRG2 for non-acquired focal epilepsy (NAFE)), as discussed, for example, in Feng, YCA, et al., “Ultra-Rare Genetic Variation in the Epilepsies: A Whole-Exome Sequencing Study of 17,606 Individuals,” A m. J. Human Gen. 2019; 105(2):267-282.
- T-type calcium channels e.g., CACNA1G, EEF1A2, and GABRG2 for genetic generalized epilepsy (GGE) and LGI1, TRIM3, and GABRG2 for non-acquired focal epilepsy (NAFE)
- the epilepsy syndrome is Doose syndrome or myoclonic astatic epilepsy. In some embodiments, the epilepsy syndrome is epileptic encephalopathy with continuous spike and wave during sleep (CSWS). In some embodiments, the epilepsy syndrome is Landau Kleffner Syndrome (LKS). In some embodiments, the epilepsy syndrome is Jeong syndrome.
- Absence seizures are one of the most common seizure types in patients with idiopathic generalised epilepsy (IGE) (Berg et al., Epilepsia 2000). Absence seizures are relatively brief, non-convulsive seizures characterised by abrupt onset of loss of awareness and responsiveness, usually lasting between 10-30 seconds in duration, with a rapid return to normal consciousness without post-ictal confusion. The seizures are characterised on an accompanying EEG recording by the abrupt onset and offset of generalised 1-6 Hz (e.g., 3 Hz) spike and wave discharges. Absence seizure often occur multiple times per day, interrupt learning and psychosocial functioning, and present a risk of injury because of the frequent episodes of loss of awareness.
- IGE idiopathic generalised epilepsy
- absence seizures begin in early childhood and remit by teenage years. However, in a minority of patients they persist into adulthood where they are often drug resistant and may be accompanied by other seizure types such as generalised tonic-clonic seizures. In these adult patients, the absence seizures are usually highly disabling, in particular by disqualifying the sufferer from obtaining a motor vehicle licence or pursuing occupations and hobbies in which the seizures-associated periods of loss of awareness pose a safety risk, and are associated with significant psychosocial disabilities (Wirrell et al., 1997).
- both ethosuximide and valproate are commonly associated with intolerable side effects (occurring in 24% of patients treated with either of these drugs) (Glauser et al., 2010), and the latter is now generally considered to be contraindicated in girls and women of childbearing potential.
- Other treatment options for absence seizures are limited, with only benzodiazepines having established efficacy, and these are commonly poorly tolerated due to sedative and cognitive side effects. Absence seizures persisting into adult life are particularly difficult to treat, with patients often being treated with multiple drugs resulting in significant side-effects without attaining seizure control.
- the present disclosure is directed towards a method for treating absence seizures with a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as described herein.
- the absence seizures are refractory absence seizures.
- the absence seizures are refractory to an anti-epileptic drug (e.g., ethosuximide, valproic acid, or lamotrigine).
- the subject has epilepsy.
- the absence seizures are atypical absence seizures.
- the absence seizures comprise adult absence seizures, juvenile absence seizures, or childhood absence seizures.
- the methods described herein further comprise identifying a subject having absence seizures.
- the epilepsy or epilepsy syndrome is a genetic epilepsy or a genetic epilepsy syndrome.
- the epilepsy or epilepsy syndrome is genetic generalized epilepsy.
- epilepsy or an epilepsy syndrome comprises epileptic encephalopathy, epileptic encephalopathy with SCN1A, SCN2A, SCN8A mutations, early infantile epileptic encephalopathy, Dravet syndrome, Dravet syndrome with SCN1A mutation, generalized epilepsy with febrile seizures, intractable childhood epilepsy with generalized tonic-clonic seizures, infantile spasms, benign familial neonatal-infantile seizures, SCN2A epileptic encephalopathy, focal epilepsy with SCN3A mutation, cryptogenic pediatric partial epilepsy with SCN3A mutation, SCN8A epileptic encephalopathy, Rasmussen encephalitis, malignant migrating partial seizures of infancy, autosomal dominant noc
- the methods described herein further comprise identifying a subject having epilepsy or an epilepsy syndrome (e.g., epileptic encephalopathy, epileptic encephalopathy with SCN1A, SCN2A, SCN8A mutations, early infantile epileptic encephalopathy, Dravet syndrome, Dravet syndrome with SCN1A mutation, generalized Epilepsy with febrile seizures, intractable childhood epilepsy with generalized tonic-clonic seizures, infantile spasms, benign familial neonatal-infantile seizures, SCN2A epileptic encephalopathy, focal epilepsy with SCN3A mutation, cryptogenic pediatric partial epilepsy with SCN3A mutation, SCN8A epileptic encephalopathy, Rasmussen encephalitis, malignant migrating partial seizures of infancy, autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy, KCNQ2 epileptic encephalopathy, and KCNT1 epileptic encephal
- epilepsy syndrome e
- epilepsy or an epilepsy syndrome comprising administering an epilepsy or an epilepsy syndrome (e.g., epileptic encephalopathy, epileptic encephalopathy with SCN1A, SCN2A, SCN8A mutations, early infantile epileptic encephalopathy, Dravet syndrome, Dravet syndrome with SCN1A mutation, generalized Epilepsy with febrile seizures, intractable childhood epilepsy with generalized tonic-clonic seizures, infantile spasms, benign familial neonatal-infantile seizures, SCN2A epileptic encephalopathy, focal epilepsy with SCN3A mutation, cryptogenic pediatric partial epilepsy with SCN3A mutation, SCN8A epileptic encephalopathy, Rasmussen encephalitis, malignant migrating partial seizures of infancy, autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy, KCNQ2 epileptic encephalopathy, and KCNT1 epileptic encephalopathy) comprising administer
- a composition of the present invention may also be used to treat an epileptic encephalopathy, wherein the subject has a mutation in one or more of ALDH7A1, ALG13, ARHGEF9, ARX, ASAHI, CDKL5, CHD2, CHRNA2, CHRNA4, CHRNB2, CLN8, CNTNAP2, CPA6, CSTB, DEPDC5, DNM1, EEF1A2, EPM2A, EPM2B, GABRA1, GABRB3, GABRG2, GNAO1, GOSR2, GRIN1, GRIN2A, GRIN2B, HCN1, IER3IP1, KCNA2, KCNB1, KCNC1, KCNMA1, KCNQ2, KCNQ3, KCNT1, KCTD7, LGI1, MEF2C, NHLRC1, PCDH19, PLCB1, PNKP, PNPO, PRICKLEI, PRICKLE2, PRRT2, RELN, SCARB2, SCN1 A, SCN1B, SCN2A, SCN8A
- the methods described herein further comprise identifying a subject having a mutation in one or more of ALDH7A1, ALG13, ARHGEF9, ARX, ASAHI, CDKL5, CHD2, CHRNA2, CHRNA4, CHRNB2, CLN8, CNTNAP2, CPA6, CSTB, DEPDC5, DNM1, EEF1A2, EPM2A, EPM2B, GABRA1, GABRB3, GABRG2, GNAO1, GOSR2, GRIN1, GRIN2A, GRIN2B, HCN1, IER3IP1, KCNA2, KCNB1, KCNC1, KCNMA1, KCNQ2, KCNQ3, KCNT1, KCTD7, LGH, MEF2C, NHLRC1, PCDH19, PLCB1, PNKP, PNPO, PRICKLEI, PRICKLE2, PRRT2, RELN, SCARB2, SCN1A, SCN1B, SCN2A, SCN8A, SCN9A, SIAT
- a composition of the present invention may also be used to treat an epileptic encephalopathy, wherein the subject has a mutation in one or more of ADSL, ALDH5A1, ALDH7A1, ALG13, ARG1, ARHGEF9, ARX, ATP1A2, ATP1A3, ATRX, BRAT1, C12orf57, CACNA1A, CACNA2D2, CARS2, CASK, CDKL5, CHD2, CHRNA2, CHRNA4, CHRNB2, CLCN4, CLN2 (TPP1), CLN3, CLN5, CLN6, CLN8, CNTNAP2, CSTB, CTSD, DDC, DEPDC5, DNAJC5, DNM1, D0CK7, DYRK1A, EEF1A2, EFHC1, EHMT1, EPM2A, FARS2, F0LR1, FOXG1, FRRS1L, GABBR2, GABRA1, GABRB2, GABRB3, GABRG2, GAMT, GATM, GLRA1, GNA01, GOSR
- the methods described herein further comprise identifying a subject having a mutation in one or more of ADSL, ALDH5A1, ALDH7A1, ALG13, ARG1, ARHGEF9, ARX, ATP1A2, ATP1A3, ATRX, BRAT1, C12orf57, CACNA1A, CACNA2D2, CARS2, CASK, CDKL5, CHD2, CHRNA2, CHRNA4, CHRNB2, CLCN4, CLN2 (TPP1), CLN3, CLN5, CLN6, CLN8, CNTNAP2, CSTB, CTSD, DDC, DEPDC5, DNAJC5, DNM1, DOCK7, DYRK1A, EEF1A2, EFHC1, EHMT1, EPM2A, FARS2, FOLR1, FOXG1, FRRS1L, GABBR2, GABRA1, GABRB2, GABRB3, GABRG2, GAMT, GATM, GLRA1, GNAO1, GOSR2, GRIN1, GRIN2A
- a composition as disclosed herein may also be used to treat an epileptic encephalopathy, wherein the subject has a mutation in one or more of ADSL, ALDH5A1, ALDH7A1, ALG13, ARHGEF9, ARX, ASNS, ATP1A2, ATP1A3, ATP6AP2, ATRX, BRAT1, CACNA1A, CASK, CDKL5, CHD2, CHRNA2, CHRNA4, CHRNA7, CHRNB2, CLCN4, CLN3, CLN5, CLN6, CLN8, CNTNAP2, CSTB, CTNNB1, CTSD (CLN10), CTSF, DDX3X, DEPDC5, DNAJC5 (CLN4B), DNM1, DYRK1A, EEF1A2, EHMT1, EPM2A, FLNA, FOLR1, FOXG1, FRRS1L, GABBR2, GABRA1, GABRB2, GABRB3, GABRG2, GAMT, GATM, GLDC, GNAO1, GOSR2, GRIN
- the methods described herein further comprise identifying a subject having a mutation in one or more of ADSL, ALDH5A1, ALDH7A1, ALG13, ARHGEF9, ARX, ASNS, ATP1A2, ATP1A3, ATP6AP2, ATRX, BRAT1, CACNA1A, CASK, CDKL5, CHD2, CHRNA2, CHRNA4, CHRNA7, CHRNB2, CLCN4, CLN3, CLN5, CLN6, CLN8, CNTNAP2, CSTB, CTNNB1, CTSD (CLN10), CTSF, DDX3X, DEPDC5, DNAJC5 (CLN4B), DNM1, DYRK1A, EEF1A2, EHMT1, EPM2A, FLNA, FOLR1, FOXG1, FRRS1L, GABBR2, GABRA1, GABRB2, GABRB3, GABRG2, GAMT, GATM, GLDC, GNAO1, GOSR2, GRIN1, GRIN2A,
- a composition as disclosed herein may also be used to treat an epileptic encephalopathy, wherein the subject has a mutation in one or more of ALDH7A1, ARHGEF9, ARX, ATP13A2, ATP1A2, CACNA1A, CASK, CDKL5, CHD2, CHRNA2, CHRNA4, CHRNB2, CLN3, CLN5, CLN6, CLN8, CNTNAP2, CRH, CSTB, CTSD, CTSF, DCX, DEPDC5, DNAJC5, DNM1, DYNC1H1, DYRK1A, EEF1A2, EPM2A, FLNA, FOLR1, FOXG1, GABRA1, GABRB3, GABRG2, GAMT, GATM, GNAO1, GOSR2, GRIN1, GRIN2A, GRIN2B, GRN, HCN1, HNRNPU, IQSEC2, KCNA2, KCNC1, KCNJ10, KCNQ2, KCNQ3, KCNT1, KCTD7, KIAA202
- the methods described herein further comprise identifying a subject having a mutation in one or more of ALDH7A1, ARHGEF9, ARX, ATP13A2, ATP1A2, CACNA1A, CASK, CDKL5, CHD2, CHRNA2, CHRNA4, CHRNB2, CLN3, CLN5, CLN6, CLN8, CNTNAP2, CRH, CSTB, CTSD, CTSF, DCX, DEPDC5, DNAJC5, DNM1, DYNC1H1, DYRK1A, EEF1A2, EPM2A, FLNA, FOLR1, FOXG1, GABRA1, GABRB3, GABRG2, GAMT, GATM, GNAO1, GOSR2, GRIN1, GRIN2A, GRIN2B, GRN, HCN1, HNRNPU, IQSEC2, KCNA2, KCNC1, KCNJ10, KCNQ2, KCNQ3, KCNT1, KCTD7, KIAA2022, LGH, MECP2, M
- a psychiatric disorder such as a mood disorder, for example clinical depression, postnatal depression or postpartum depression, perinatal depression, atypical depression, melancholic depression, psychotic major depression, catatonic depression, seasonal affective disorder, dysthymia, double depression, depressive personality disorder, recurrent brief depression, minor depressive disorder, bipolar disorder or manic depressive disorder, depression caused by chronic medical conditions, treatment-resistant depression, refractory depression, suicidality, suicidal ideation, or suicidal behavior.
- the method described herein provides therapeutic effect to a subject suffering from depression (e.g., moderate or severe depression).
- the mood disorder is associated with a disease or disorder described herein (e.g., neuroendocrine diseases and disorders, neurodegenerative diseases and disorders (e.g., epilepsy), movement disorders, tremor (e.g., Parkinson’s Disease), women’s health disorders or conditions).
- a disease or disorder described herein e.g., neuroendocrine diseases and disorders, neurodegenerative diseases and disorders (e.g., epilepsy), movement disorders, tremor (e.g., Parkinson’s Disease), women’s health disorders or conditions).
- Clinical depression is also known as major depression, major depressive disorder (MDD), severe depression, unipolar depression, unipolar disorder, and recurrent depression, and refers to a mental disorder characterized by pervasive and persistent low mood that is accompanied by low self-esteem and loss of interest or pleasure in normally enjoyable activities. Some people with clinical depression have trouble sleeping, lose weight, and generally feel agitated and irritable. Clinical depression affects how an individual feels, thinks, and behaves and may lead to a variety of emotional and physical problems. Individuals with clinical depression may have trouble doing day-to-day activities and make an individual feel as if life is not worth living.
- MDD major depressive disorder
- severe depression unipolar depression
- unipolar disorder unipolar disorder
- recurrent depression refers to a mental disorder characterized by pervasive and persistent low mood that is accompanied by low self-esteem and loss of interest or pleasure in normally enjoyable activities.
- Some people with clinical depression have trouble sleeping, lose weight, and generally feel agitated and irritable.
- Clinical depression affects
- Peripartum depression refers to depression in pregnancy. Symptoms include irritability, crying, feeling restless, trouble sleeping, extreme exhaustion (emotional and/or physical), changes in appetite, difficulty focusing, increased anxiety and/or worry, disconnected feeling from baby and/or fetus, and losing interest in formerly pleasurable activities.
- Postnatal depression is also referred to as postpartum depression (PPD) and refers to a type of clinical depression that affects women after childbirth. Symptoms can include sadness, fatigue, changes in sleeping and eating habits, reduced sexual desire, crying episodes, anxiety, and irritability.
- the PND is a treatment-resistant depression (e.g., a treatment-resistant depression as described herein).
- the PND is refractory depression (e.g., a refractory depression as described herein).
- a subject having PND also experienced depression, or a symptom of depression, during pregnancy. This depression is referred to herein as perinatal depression.
- perinatal depression In an embodiment, a subject experiencing perinatal depression is at increased risk of experiencing PND.
- AD Atypical depression
- mood reactivity e.g., paradoxical anhedonia
- positivity significant weight gain or increased appetite.
- Patients suffering from AD also may have excessive sleep or somnolence (hypersomnia), a sensation of limb heaviness, and significant social impairment as a consequence of hypersensitivity to perceived interpersonal rejection.
- Melancholic depression is characterized by loss of pleasure (anhedonia) in most or all activities, failures to react to pleasurable stimuli, depressed mood more pronounced than that of grief or loss, excessive weight loss, or excessive guilt.
- Psychitic major depression or psychotic depression refers to a major depressive episode, in particular of melancholic nature, where the individual experiences psychotic symptoms such as delusions and hallucinations.
- Catatonic depression refers to major depression involving disturbances of motor behavior and other symptoms. An individual may become mute and stuporose, and either is immobile or exhibits purposeless or playful movements.
- Seasonal affective disorder refers to a type of seasonal depression wherein an individual has seasonal patterns of depressive episodes coming on in the fall or winter.
- Dysthymia refers to a condition related to unipolar depression, where the same physical and cognitive problems are evident. They are not as severe and tend to last longer (e.g., at least 2 years).
- Double depression refers to fairly depressed mood (dysthymia) that lasts for at least 2 years and is punctuated by periods of major depression.
- DPD Depressive Personality Disorder
- Recurrent Brief Depression refers to a condition in which individuals have depressive episodes about once per month, each episode lasting 2 weeks or less and typically less than 2-3 days.
- Minor depressive disorder or minor depression refers to a depression in which at least 2 symptoms are present for 2 weeks.
- Bipolar disorder or manic depressive disorder causes extreme mood swings that include emotional highs (mania or hypomania) and lows (depression).
- emotional highs mania or hypomania
- lows depression
- mania the individual may feel or act abnormally happy, energetic, or irritable. They often make poorly thought out decisions with little regard to the consequences.
- the need for sleep is usually reduced.
- depression there may be crying, poor eye contact with others, and a negative outlook on life.
- the risk of suicide among those with the disorder is high at greater than 6% over 20 years, while self-harm occurs in 30-40%.
- Other mental health issues such as anxiety disorder and substance use disorder are commonly associated with bipolar disorder.
- Depression caused by chronic medical conditions refers to depression caused by chronic medical conditions such as cancer or chronic pain, chemotherapy, or chronic stress.
- Treatment-resistant depression refers to a condition where the individuals have been treated for depression, but the symptoms do not improve.
- antidepressants or psychological counseling do not ease depression symptoms for individuals with treatment-resistant depression.
- individuals with treatment-resistant depression improve symptoms, but come back.
- Refractory depression occurs in patients suffering from depression who are resistant to at least one standard pharmacological treatment, including tricyclic antidepressants, MAOIs, SSRIs, and double and triple uptake inhibitors and/or anxiolytic drugs, as well as non-pharmacological treatments (e.g., psychotherapy, electroconvulsive therapy, vagus nerve stimulation and/or transcranial magnetic stimulation).
- Post-surgical depression refers to feelings of depression that follow a surgical procedure (e.g., as a result of having to confront one’ s mortality). For example, individuals may feel sadness or empty mood persistently, a loss of pleasure or interest in hobbies and activities normally enjoyed, or a persistent feeling of worthlessness or hopelessness.
- Mood disorder associated with conditions or disorders of women’s health refers to mood disorders (e.g., depression) associated with (e.g., resulting from) a condition or disorder of women’s health (e.g., as described herein).
- mood disorders e.g., depression
- a condition or disorder of women’s health e.g., as described herein.
- Suicidality, suicidal ideation, and suicidal behavior refer to the tendency of an individual to commit suicide.
- Suicidal ideation concerns thoughts about or an unusual preoccupation with suicide.
- the range of suicidal ideation varies greatly, from e.g., fleeting thoughts to extensive thoughts, detailed planning, role playing, and/or incomplete attempts.
- Symptoms include talking about suicide, getting the means to commit suicide, withdrawing from social contact, being preoccupied with death, feeling trapped or hopeless about a situation, increasing use of alcohol or drugs, doing risky or self-destructive things, and saying goodbye to people as if they won’t be seen again.
- Symptoms of depression include persistent anxious or sad feelings, feelings of helplessness, hopelessness, pessimism, worthlessness, low energy, restlessness, difficulty sleeping, sleeplessness, irritability, fatigue, motor challenges, loss of interest in pleasurable activities or hobbies, loss of concentration, loss of energy, poor self-esteem, absence of positive thoughts or plans, excessive sleeping, overeating, appetite loss, insomnia, self-harm, thoughts of suicide, and suicide attempts.
- the presence, severity, frequency, and duration of symptoms may vary on a case-by-case basis. Symptoms of depression, and relief of the same, may be ascertained by a physician or psychologist (e.g., by a mental state examination).
- the mood disorder is selected from depression, major depressive disorder, bipolar disorder, dysthymic disorder, anxiety disorders, stress, post-traumatic stress disorder, bipolar disorder, and compulsive disorders.
- the mood disorder is major depressive disorder.
- the method comprises monitoring a subject with a known depression scale, e.g., the Hamilton Depression (HAM-D) scale, the Clinical Global Impression-Improvement Scale (CGI), and the Montgomery-Asberg Depression Rating Scale (MADRS).
- a therapeutic effect can be determined by reduction in Hamilton Depression (HAM-D) total score exhibited by the subject. The therapeutic effect can be assessed across a specified treatment period.
- the therapeutic effect can be determined by a decrease from baseline in HAM- D total score after administering a composition described herein (e.g., 12, 24, or 48 hours after administration; or 24, 48, 72, or 96 hours or more; or 1 day, 2 days, 14 days, 21 days, or 28 days; or 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, or 4 weeks; or 1 month, 2 months, 6 months, or 10 months; or 1 year, 2 years, or for life).
- a composition described herein e.g., 12, 24, or 48 hours after administration; or 24, 48, 72, or 96 hours or more; or 1 day, 2 days, 14 days, 21 days, or 28 days; or 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, or 4 weeks; or 1 month, 2 months, 6 months, or 10 months; or 1 year, 2 years, or for life).
- the subject has a mild depressive disorder, e.g., mild major depressive disorder. In some embodiments, the subject has a moderate depressive disorder, e.g., moderate major depressive disorder. In some embodiments, the subject has a severe depressive disorder, e.g., severe major depressive disorder. In some embodiments, the subject has a very severe depressive disorder, e.g., very severe major depressive disorder.
- the baseline HAM-D total score of the subject i.e., prior to treatment with a composition described herein
- the baseline HAM-D total score of the subject is between and including 14 and 18. In some embodiments, the baseline HAM-D total score of the subject is between and including 19 and 22. In some embodiments, the HAM-D total score of the subj ect before treatment with a composition described herein is greater than or equal to 23. In some embodiments, the baseline score is at least 10, 15, or 20. In some embodiments, the HAM-D total score of the subject after treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein is about 0 to 10 (e.g., less than 10; 0 to 10, 0 to 6, 0 to 4, 0 to 3, 0 to 2, or 1.8).
- the HAM-D total score after treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein is less than 10, 7, 5, or 3.
- the decrease in HAM-D total score is from a baseline score of about 20 to 30 (e.g., 22 to 28, 23 to 27, 24 to 27, 25 to 27, 26 to 27) to a HAM-D total score at about 0 to 10 (e.g., less than 10; 0 to 10, 0 to 6, 0 to 4, 0 to 3, 0 to 2, or 1.8) after treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein.
- the decrease in the baseline HAM-D total score to HAM-D total score after treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein is at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 25, 40, or 50).
- the percentage decrease in the baseline HAM-D total score to HAM-D total score after treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein is at least 50% (e.g., 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%).
- the therapeutic effect is measured as a decrease in the HAM-D total score after treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein relative to the baseline HAM-D total score.
- the method of treating a depressive disorder e.g., major depressive disorder, provides a therapeutic effect (e.g., as measured by reduction in the HAM-D score) within 14, 10, 4, 3, 2, or 1 days, or 24, 20, 16, 12, 10, or 8 hours or less.
- the method of treating the depressive disorder e.g., major depressive disorder
- provides a therapeutic effect e.g., as determined by a statistically significant reduction in HAM-D total score
- a therapeutic effect e.g., as determined by a statistically significant reduction in HAM-D total score
- the method of treating the depressive disorder e.g., major depressive disorder
- provides a therapeutic effect e.g., as determined by a statistically significant reduction in HAM-D total score
- a therapeutic effect e.g., as determined by a statistically significant reduction in HAM-D total score
- the method of treating the depressive disorder e.g., major depressive disorder
- provides a therapeutic effect e.g., as determined by a statistically significant reduction in HAM-D total score
- the therapeutic effect is a decrease from baseline in HAM-D total score after treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein.
- the HAM-D total score of the subject before treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein is at least 24. In some embodiments, the HAM-D total score of the subject before treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein is at least 18. In some embodiments, the HAM-D total score of the subject before treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein is between and including 14 and 18. In some embodiments, the decrease in HAM-D total score after treating the subject with a compound or composition disclosed herein relative to the baseline HAM-D total score is at least 10. In some embodiments, the decrease in HAM-D total score after treating the subject with a compound or composition disclosed herein relative to the baseline HAM-D total score is at least 15.
- the HAM-D total score associated with treating the subject with a compound or composition disclosed herein is no more than a number ranging from 6 to 8. In some embodiments, the HAM-D total score associated with treating the subject with a compound or composition disclosed herein is no more than 7. [0086] In some embodiments, the method provides therapeutic effect (e.g., as measured by reduction in Clinical Global Impression-Improvement Scale (CGI)) within 14, 10, 4, 3, 2, or 1 days, or 24, 20, 16, 12, 10, or 8 hours or less. In some embodiments, the CNS-disorder is a depressive disorder, e.g., major depressive disorder.
- CGI Clinical Global Impression-Improvement Scale
- the method of treating the depressive disorder e.g., major depressive disorder provides a therapeutic effect within the second day of the treatment period.
- the therapeutic effect is a decrease from baseline in CGI score at the end of a treatment period (e.g., 14 days after administration).
- a therapeutic effect for major depressive disorder can be determined by a reduction in Montgomery- Asberg Depression Rating Scale (MADRS) score exhibited by the subject.
- the MADRS score can be reduced within 4, 3, 2, or 1 days; or 96, 84, 72, 60, 48, 24, 20, 16, 12, 10, 8 hours or less.
- the MADRS is a ten-item diagnostic questionnaire (regarding apparent sadness, reported sadness, inner tension, reduced sleep, reduced appetite, concentration difficulties, lassitude, inability to feel, pessimistic thoughts, and suicidal thoughts) that psychiatrists use to measure the severity of depressive episodes in patients with mood disorders.
- the therapeutic effect is a decrease from baseline in MADRS score at the end of a treatment period (e.g., 14 days after administration).
- the pain comprises acute pain, chronic pain, neuropathic pain, inflammatory pain, nociceptive pain, central pain (e.g., thalamic pain), or migraine.
- the pain comprises acute pain or chronic pain.
- the pain comprises neuropathic pain, inflammatory pain, or nociceptive pain.
- the pain comprises central pain (e.g., thalamic pain).
- the pain comprises migraine.
- the methods described herein further comprise identifying a subject having pain (e.g., acute pain, chronic pain, neuropathic pain, inflammatory pain, nociceptive pain, central pain (e.g., thalamic pain), or migraine) prior to administration of a dosage form or composition described herein (e.g., a dosage form or composition including a compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- pain e.g., acute pain, chronic pain, neuropathic pain, inflammatory pain, nociceptive pain, central pain (e.g., thalamic pain), or migraine
- a dosage form or composition described herein e.g., a dosage form or composition including a compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the methods described herein can be used to treat tremor, for example a compound or composition disclosed herein can be used to treat cerebellar tremor or intention tremor, dystonic tremor, essential tremor, orthostatic tremor, Parkinsonian tremor, physiological tremor, or rubral tremor.
- Tremor includes hereditary, degenerative, and idiopathic disorders such as Wilson’s disease (hereditary), Parkinson’s disease (degenerative), and essential tremor (idiopathic); metabolic diseases; peripheral neuropathies (associated with Charcot-Mari e-Tooth, Roussy-Levy, diabetes mellitus, complex regional pain syndrome); toxins (nicotine, mercury, lead, carbon monoxide, manganese, arsenic, toluene); drug-induced (neuroleptics tricyclics, lithium, cocaine, alcohol, adrenaline, bronchodilators, theophylline, caffeine, steroids, valproate, amiodarone, thyroid hormones, vincristine); and psychogenic disorders.
- Wilson hereditary, degenerative, and idiopathic disorders
- idiopathic such as Wilson’s disease (hereditary), Parkinson’s disease (degenerative), and essential tremor (idiopathic); metabolic diseases; peripheral neuropathies (associated with Charcot-Mari e
- Clinical tremor can be a neuropathic tremor, and can be classified into physiologic tremor, enhanced physiologic tremor, essential tremor syndromes (including classical essential tremor), primary orthostatic tremor, task- and position-specific tremor, dystonic tremor, parkinsonian tremor, cerebellar tremor, Holmes’ tremor (i.e., rubral tremor), palatal tremor, toxic or drug-induced tremor, and psychogenic tremor.
- the tremor may be familial tremor.
- the subjects are selected for treatment with a compound of Formula (IA), Formula (I) or a pharmaceutical composition of a compound of Formula (IA) or Formula (I) due to a clinical diagnosis of essential tremor.
- the subjects selected for treatment with a compound of Formula (IA), Formula (I) or a pharmaceutical composition of a compound of Formula (IA) or Formula (I) have essential tremor, but do not have intention tremor.
- Tremor is an involuntary, rhythmic oscillation of one or more body parts (e.g., hands, arms, eyes, face, head, vocal folds, trunk, and/or legs).
- body parts e.g., hands, arms, eyes, face, head, vocal folds, trunk, and/or legs.
- Cerebellar tremor or intention tremor is a slow, broad tremor of the extremities that occurs after a purposeful movement. Cerebellar tremor is caused by lesions in or damage to the cerebellum or pathways resulting from, e.g., tumor, stroke or other focal lesion disease (e.g., multiple sclerosis) or a neurodegenerative disease.
- focal lesion disease e.g., multiple sclerosis
- Dystonic tremor occurs in individuals affected by dystonia, a movement disorder in which sustained involuntary muscle contractions cause twisting and repetitive motions and/or painful and abnormal postures or positions.
- Dystonic tremor may affect any muscle in the body.
- Dystonic tremors occur irregularly and often can be relieved by complete rest or certain sensory maneuvers.
- Essential tremor or benign essential tremor is the most common type of tremor.
- Essential tremor may be mild and nonprogressive in some, and may be slowly progressive, starting on one side of the body but typically affecting both sides. The hands are most often affected, but the head, voice, tongue, legs, and trunk may also be involved.
- Tremor frequency may decrease as the person ages, but severity may increase. Heightened emotion, stress, fever, physical exhaustion, or low blood sugar may trigger tremors and/or increase their severity. Symptoms generally evolve over time and can be both visible and persistent following onset.
- Orthostatic tremor is characterized by fast (e.g., greater than 12 Hz) rhythmic muscle contractions that occur in the legs and trunk immediately after standing. Cramps are felt in the thighs and legs and the patient may shake uncontrollably when asked to stand in one spot. Orthostatic tremor may occur in patients with essential tremor.
- Parkinsonian tremor is caused by damage to structures within the brain that control movement. Parkinsonian tremor is typically seen as a “pill-rolling” action of the hands that may also affect the chin, lips, legs, and trunk. Onset of parkinsonian tremor typically begins after age 60. Movement starts in one limb or on one side of the body and can progress to include the other side.
- Rubral tremor is characterized by coarse slow tremor which can be present at rest, at posture, and with intention.
- the tremor is associated with conditions that affect the red nucleus in the midbrain, such as a stroke.
- the tremor is selected from essential tremor, Parkinson’s tremor, or Cerebellar tremor.
- the efficacy of the compound or composition disclosed herein for treating essential tremor can be measured by methods known in the art, such as the methods described in the following references: Ferreira, J. J. et al., “MDS Evidence- Based Review of Treatments for Essential Tremor,” Mov. Disord. 2019 Jul; 34(7):950- 958; Elble, R. et al., “Task Force Report: Scales for Screening and Evaluating Tremor,” Mov. Disord. 2013 Nov; 28(13): 1793-800; Deuschi G. et al., “Treatment of patients with essential tremor,” Lancet Neurol. 2011; 10: 148-61; and Reich S. G. et al., “Essential Tremor,” Med. Clin. N. Am. 2019; 103:351-356.
- the disclosures of the references are herein incorporated in their entirety.
- the methods described herein result in at least 25% reduction in the upper limb tremor score, wherein the tremor score may be converted to amplitude, as compared to a baseline.
- the methods described herein result in about 40% mean reduction in tremor amplitude as measured by The Essential Tremor Rating Assessment Scale (TETRAS) upper limb score, described, for example, in Elble, R.J., “The Essential Tremor Rating Assessment Scale,” J. Neurol. Neuromed. 2016; l(4):34-38.
- the methods described herein result in at least 25% reduction in TETRAS performance score as compared to the baseline.
- the methods described herein result in at least 35% average reduction in symptom severity as compared to the baseline, as measured by TETRAS performance score.
- Ataxia including both cerebellar ataxia and spinal ataxia (e.g., posterior spinal ataxia), generally involves the loss or failure of coordination. Patients exhibiting ataxia may have difficulty regulating the force, range, direction, velocity, and rhythm involved in posture, balance, and limb movement. Ataxia of the trunk, for example, can result in increased postural sway, and an inability to maintain the center of gravity over the base of support. Ataxia and primary or secondary symptoms of ataxic gait and tremor of the limbs may be accompanied by speech disturbance, dysphagia, abnormal ventilation and speech, and involuntary eye movements, dystonia, pyramidal or extrapyramidal symptoms, thereby substantially interfering with the activities of daily life.
- Ataxia may result from a wide range of underlying diseases and conditions in a patient, including cerebellar and neurodegenerative disorders and diseases resulting from chronic or long-term exposure to toxins.
- Symptoms of ataxia may result from a wide range of diseases, disorders, and environmental factors, including infectious diseases, metabolic diseases, neurodegenerative diseases, genetic diseases, vascular diseases, neoplastic diseases, demyelinating diseases, neuromuscular diseases, and diseases resulting from long-term or chronic exposure to toxins (including drugs and alcohol), among a variety of others; in one embodiment, for example, the ataxia is the result of a metabolic disease, a neurodegenerative disease, a vascular disease, a neuromuscular disease, or a disease resulting from long-term or chronic exposure to toxins.
- Ataxic symptoms include, but are not limited to, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, benign paroxysmal positional vertigo, cerebellar ataxia type 1 (autosomal recessive), cerebellar ataxias (autosomal recessive), cerebellar ataxias (dominant pure), cerebellar cortical atrophy, cerebellar degeneration (subacute), cerebellar dysfunction, cerebellar hypoplasia, cerebellar hypoplasia (endosteal sclerosis), cerebellar hypoplasia (tapetoretinal degeneration), cerebelloparenchymal autosomal recessive disorder 3, cerebelloparenchymal disorder V, cerebellum agenesis (hydrocephaly), cerebral amyloid angiopathy (familial), cerebral palsy, demyelinating disorder, dorsal column conditions, dysautonomia, dysequilibrium syndrome, dys
- the ataxia is the result of a disease selected from Spinocerebellar ataxia, Friedriech's ataxia, and fragile X/tremor ataxia syndrome.
- the ataxia is the result of Spinocerebellar ataxia or Fragile X/tremor ataxia syndrome.
- Tinnitus is a condition in which those affected perceive sound in one or both ears or in the head when no external sound is present. Often referred to as “ringing” in the ears, tinnitus can occur intermittently or consistently with a perceived volume ranging from low to painfully high. However, the perceived volume of tinnitus can vary from patient to patient where an objective measure of tinnitus volume in one patient may be perceived as painful while, in another patient, the same volume may be perceived as subtle.
- a sleep disorder may be a central disorder of hypersomnolence, narcolepsy type I, narcolepsy type II, idiopathic hypersomnia, Kleine-Levin syndrome, hypersomnia due to a medical disorder, hypersomnia due to a medication or substance, hypersomnia associated with a psychiatric disorder, insufficient sleep syndrome, circadian rhythm sleep-wake disorders, delayed sleepwake phase disorder, advanced sleep-wake phase disorder, irregular sleep-wake rhythm, non-24-hour sleep-wake rhythm disorder, shift work disorder, jet lag disorder, or circadian rhythm sleep-wake disorder not otherwise specified (NOS).
- NOS circadian rhythm sleep-wake disorder not otherwise specified
- a compound or composition (/. ⁇ ., a compound or composition of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV)) described herein (e.g., for use in modulating a T-type calcium ion channel) may be administered in combination with at least one other agent or therapy.
- a subject to be administered a compound or composition disclosed herein may have a disease, disorder, or condition, or at least one symptom thereof, that would benefit from treatment with another agent or therapy.
- these diseases or conditions can relate to epilepsy or an epilepsy syndrome (e.g., absence seizures, juvenile myoclonic epilepsy, or a genetic epilepsy) or tremor (e.g., essential tremor).
- Anti-epilepsy agents include brivaracetam, carbamazepine, clobazam, clonazepam, diazepam, divalproex, eslicarbazepine, ethosuximide, ezogabine, felbamate, gabapentin, lacosamide, lamotrigine, levetiracetam, lorazepam, midazolam, oxcarbezepine, permpanel, phenobarbital, phenytoin, pregabalin, primidone, rufinamide, tigabine, topiramate, valproic acid, vigabatrin, and zonisamide.
- Analgesics are therapeutic agents that are used to relieve pain.
- analgesics include opiates and morphinomimetics, such as fentanyl and morphine; paracetamol; NSAIDs, and COX-2 inhibitors.
- T-type calcium channels e.g., Cav3.1, Cav3.2, and Cav3.3
- Tremor medications include propranolol, primidone, clonazepam, diazepam, lorazepam, alprazolam, gabapentin, topiramate, midazolam, atenolol, klonopin, alprazolam, nebivolol, carbidopa/levodopa, clonazepam, hydrochlorothiazide/metoprolol, gabapentin enacarbil, labetalol, lactulose, lamotrigine, metoprolol, nadolol, hydrochlorothiazide, and zonisamide.
- purification by chromatography refers to purification using the Biotage® IsoleraTM One purification system.
- Santai® SepaFlashTM Irregular Silica refers to a pre-packed polypropylene column containing unbonded activated silica with irregular particles with average size of 40-63 pm and nominal 60 A porosity. Fractions containing the required product (identified by TLC and/or LCMS analysis) were pooled, the organic fraction recovered by evaporation, to give the final product.
- TLC thin layer chromatography
- a fluorescent indicator 254 nm
- Microwave experiments were carried out using a Biotage Initiator-i-, which uses a single-mode resonator and dynamic field tuning. Temperatures from 40-300 °C can be achieved, and pressures of up to 30 bar can be reached.
- NMR spectra were obtained on a Bruker AscendTM 400 MHz, 5mm BBFO probe H, C, F, P, single Z gradient, two channel instrument running TopSpin 4.1.
- Method la included the following conditions:
- UPLC AN ACID Apparatus: Waters IClass; Bin.
- Method 7 included the following conditions: LCMS SC BASE: Apparatus: Agilent 1260 Infinity II, 1260 G7112B Bin. Pump, 1260 G7167A Multisampler, 1260 MCT G7116A Column Comp.
- Method 10 included the following conditions: SC_ACID.M, Instrument: Agilent 1260 Infinity II, 1260 G7112B Bin. Pump, 1260 G7167A Multisampler, 1260 MCT G7116A Column Comp. 1260 G7115A DAD (210, 220 and 210-320 nm), PDA (210-320 nm), G6130B MSD (ESI pos/neg) mass range 90-1500, Alltech 3300 ELSD (Neb temp.
- Step 1 To a stirred reaction mixture of tert-butyl ((lr,4r)-4- aminocyclohexyl)carbamate (1-1, 7 g, 32.6 mmol) and 3-chloro-5-fluorobenzoic acid (7.4 g, 42.46 mmol) in pyridine was added EDCI (12.5 g, 65.3 mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 16 hours, the reaction mixture was poured into water (100 mL), and the product was extracted with EtOAc (80 mL x 2).
- Step 2 To the stirred reaction mixture of crude tert-butyl ((lr,4r)-4-(3-chloro-5-fluorobenzamido)cyclohexyl)carbamate (1-2, 8.5 g, 22.9 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane was added HC1 (4 N) in 1,4-di oxane. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 16 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum.
- Procedure 2 General protocol for the reductive amination of di-amine building blocks 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, and 1-6
- the cells were allowed to recover in the cell hotel prior to experimentation. Currents were recorded at room temperature.
- the extracellular solution was used as the wash, reference and compound delivery solution.
- the compound plate was created at 2x concentrated in the extracellular solution. The compound was diluted to 1 :2 when added to the recording well.
- the amount of DMSO in the extracellular solution was held constant at the level used for the highest tested concentration.
- data were sampled at 10 KHz. After establishment of the seal and the passage in the whole cell configuration, the cells were held at -120 mV. Cav3.1 current was evoked using a 100 ms step to -20 mV (to measure resting state block), followed by a 1600 ms step to -65 mV and a second 100 ms step to -20 mV (to measure voltage dependent block). The voltage protocol was applied every 15 seconds in the absence and in the presence of the compounds under investigation. 2.5 mM Nickel was used to completely inhibit Cav3.1 current to allow for offline subtraction of non-Cav3.1 current.
- Step 1 To a mixture of tert-butyl ((lS,3S)-3- aminocyclopentyl)carbamate (800 mg, 3.99 mmol) and 3-chloro-5-fluoro-benzoic acid (697 mg, 3.99 mmol) in pyridine (40.0 mL) was added EDC1 (1.53 g, 7.99 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirring at 2 5°C for 2 hours, the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with 1 M HC1 (100 mL), aq.
- Step 2 To a solution of tert-butyl ((lS,3S)-3-(3-chloro-5- fluorobenzamido)cyclopentyl)carbamate (986 mg, 2.66 mmol) in 1,4-Dioxane (10.0 mL) was added 4 M HCl/dioxane (40.0 mL, 2.66 mmol) at 25 °C. After stirring at 25 °C for 2 hours, EtOAc (30 mL) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at 25 °C for 16 hours.
- Step 1 To a stirred mixture of tert-butyl ((1S,3S)-3- aminocyclopentyl)carbamate (125 mg, 0.62 mmol) and 4,6-dichloroquinazoline (136 mg, 0.69 mmol) in acetonitrile (2 mL) was added potassium carbonate (119 mg, 1.56 mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was heated to 90 °C. After about 12 hours, to the mixture was added DCM, and it was washed with sat. aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution.
- the cells were allowed to recover in the cell hotel prior to experimentation. Currents were recorded at room temperature.
- the extracellular solution was used as the wash, reference and compound delivery solution.
- the compound plate was created at 2x concentrated in the extracellular solution. The compound was diluted to 1 :2 when added to the recording well.
- the amount of DMSO in the extracellular solution was held constant at the level used for the highest tested concentration.
- data were sampled at 10 KHz. After establishment of the seal and the passage in the whole cell configuration, the cells were held at -120 mV. Cav3.1 current was evoked using a 100 ms step to -20 mV (to measure resting state block), followed by a 1600 ms step to -65 mV and a second 100 ms step to -20 mV (to measure voltage dependent block). The voltage protocol was applied every 15 seconds in the absence and in the presence of the compounds under investigation. 2.5 mM Nickel was used to completely inhibit Cav3.1 current to allow for offline subtraction of non-Cav3.1 current.
- Step 1 To a solution of tert-butyl tert-butyl ((lr,3r)-3- aminocyclobutyl)carbamate (1.50 g, 8.05 mmol) in pyridine (75.0 mL) was added 3- chloro-5-fluoro-benzoic acid (1.41 g, 8.05 mmol) and EDCI (3.09 g, 16.1 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirring at 25 °C for 2 hours, the mixture was poured into H2O (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (300 mL).
- Step 2 A solution of tert-butyl ((lr,3r)-3-(3-chloro-5- fluorobenzamido)cyclobutyl)carbamate (2 g, 5.83 mmol) in 4 MHCl/dioxane (100 mL) was stirred at 25 °C. After the reaction was stirred at 25 °C for 2 hours, the mixture was concentrated in vacuum, and the residue was triturated with EtOAc (20 mL) to give (lr,3r)-3-(3-chloro-5-fluorobenzamido)cyclobutan-l-aminium chloride (1524.5 mg, 6.15 mmol, combined with two batches) as a green solid.
- Step 2 To a stirred reaction mixture of tert-butyl ((lr,3r)-3-((6- chloroquinazolin-4-yl)amino)cyclobutyl)carbamate (0.26 g, 0.75 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (6 ml) was added HC1 (4 N) in 1,4-dioxane (3.8 ml, 14.9 mmol). A thick suspension was formed after stirring overnight at room temperature. Analysis showed incomplete conversion, and additional HC1 (4 N) in 1,4-dioxane (2 ml, 8 mmol) was added. After stirring for 2 days, complete conversion was observed.
- the cells were allowed to recover in the cell hotel prior to experimentation. Currents were recorded at room temperature.
- the extracellular solution was used as the wash, reference and compound delivery solution.
- the compound plate was created at 2x concentrated in the extracellular solution. The compound was diluted to 1:2 when added to the recording well.
- the amount of DMSO in the extracellular solution was held constant at the level used for the highest tested concentration.
- data were sampled at 10 KHz. After establishment of the seal and the passage in the whole cell configuration, the cells were held at -120 mV. Cav3.1 current was evoked using a 100 ms step to -20 mV (to measure resting state block), followed by a 1600 ms step to -65 mV and a second 100 ms step to -20 mV (to measure voltage dependent block). The voltage protocol was applied every 15 seconds in the absence and in the presence of the compounds under investigation. 2.5 mM Nickel was used to completely inhibit Cav3.1 current to allow for offline subtraction of non-Cav3.1 current.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Disclosed herein are compounds for treating a condition modulated by calcium channel ion activity and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds, wherein the compounds comprise a cyclohexane, a cyclopentane, or a cyclobutane core and left- and right-hand substitutions of the core. Also disclosed herein are methods using the compounds to treat a disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel.
Description
T-TYPE CALCIUM CHANNEL MODULATORS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
Related Applications
[001] This application claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/326,671, filed on April 1, 2022; U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/326,676, filed on April 1, 2022; and U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/326,681, filed on April 1, 2022. The entire contents of each of the foregoing applications are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
Field of the Disclosure
[002] Disclosed herein are compounds for treating conditions associated with calcium channel activity and in particular T-type calcium channel activity. Specifically, disclosed herein are compounds comprising a cyclohexane, a cyclopentane, or a cyclobutane core, wherein the compounds comprise left and right-hand substitutions. Also disclosed herein are methods of treating conditions associated with T-type calcium channel activity by administering the compounds disclosed herein.
Background of the Disclosure
[003] The entry of calcium into cells through voltage-gated calcium channels mediates a wide variety of cellular and physiological responses, including excitationcontraction coupling, hormone secretion and gene expression. In neurons, calcium channels directly affect membrane potential and contribute to electrical properties, as well as modulating the activity of calcium-dependent enzymes such as protein kinases C and calmodulin-dependent protein kinase II. T-type calcium channels are low-voltage activated ion channels that mediate the influx of calcium into cells.
[004] T-type calcium channel modulators having a piperidinyl core are disclosed, for example, in PCT Publication No. 2009/146540, published 10 December 2009, and U.S. Patent Nos. 8,377,968 (published 19 February 2013), 8,569,344 (published 29 October 2013), and 9,096,522 (published 4 August 2015), the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference herein.
[005] Aberrant function of these T-type calcium ion channels is associated with several diseases or conditions, including psychiatric disorders (e.g., mood
disorders such as major depressive disorder), pain, tremor (e.g., essential tremor), epilepsy, or an epilepsy syndrome (e.g., absence seizures and juvenile myoclonic epilepsy). Accordingly, additional compounds that selectively modulate T-type calcium channels in mammals may be useful in treatment of such disease states.
Summary of the Disclosure
[006] The present disclosure provides compounds for treating conditions associated with calcium channel activity and in particular T-type calcium channel activity. Specifically, disclosed herein are compounds of Formula (IA) and Formula (I) acomprising a a cyclohexane core comprising right and left-hand substitutions; compounds of Formula (IIA) and Formula (II) comprising a cyclopentane core comprising right and left-hand substitutions; compounds of Formula (III) comprising a cyclobutane core comprising right and left-hand substitutions; and compounds of Formula (IV) comprising a cyclobutane core or a azetidine core, both comprising right and left-hand substitutions.
(CH2)2OCH3,
R2 is chosen from -H or -CH3;
R3 is chosen from -H or -CH3,
R4 is chosen from -H, or -CH3 or R1 and R4 together form a cyclopropane, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring; R5 is chosen from -H, -CH3, CF3, -CH2OH, -COOCH3, -COOH, or -CH2OCH3;
R6 is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R5 and R6 together form an azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH3, -OH, -CF3, or -F;
R7 is 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, -CH3, - OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, or -NHCOCH3;
R8 is chosen from benzene, -CH3, or tertbutyl;
R9 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran, -CH(CH3)2CH2CH3, or -CH(CH3)2 cyclopentane; R10 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising an -OCH3 substituent;
Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N;
A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O;
wherein X2 is chosen from -NHCO- or -NHCOCH2-; and wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclohexane core chosen from: a cyclohexane, or a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.In one aspect, disclosed herein is a compound of Formula (I) having a cyclohexane core:
wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclohexane core chosen from:
wherein R1 is chosen from -H, -CH3, -CH2OCH3, -CF3, -CH2CH3, or - (CH2)2OCH3;
R2 is chosen from -H or -CH3;
R3 is chosen from -H or -CH3;
R4 is chosen from -H, or -CH3 or R1 and R4 together form a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring;
R5 is chosen from -H, -CH 3 -CH2OH, -COOCH3, -COOH, or -CH2OCH3,
R6 is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R5 and R6 together form an azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH3, -OH, -CF3, or -F;
R7 is 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, -CH3, - OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, or -NHCOCH3;
R8 is chosen from benzene, -CH3, or tertbutyl;
R9 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodioxane, a tetrahydropyran, -CH(CH3)2CH2CH3, or -CH(CH3)2 cyclopentane; R10 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising an -OCH3 substituent;
Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N;
A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X2 is chosen from -NHCO- or -NHCOCH2-; and wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclohexane core chosen from: a cyclohexane, or a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another aspect, disclosed herein is a compound of Formula (IIA) having a cyclopentane core:
wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from:
wherein R1 is chosen from -H, -CH3, -CH2OCH3, -CF3, -CH2CH3, or -
(CH2)2OCH3;
R? is chosen from -H or -CH3,
R3 is chosen from -H or -CH3;
R4 is chosen from -H or -CFI3, or R1 and R4 together form a cyclopropane, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring;
R5 is chosen from -H, -CH3, CF3, -CH2OH, -COOCH3, -COOH, or -CH2OCH3;
R6 is chosen from -H or -CII3, or R5 and R6 together form a azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH3, -OH, -CF3, or -F;
R7 is absent, 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, - CH3, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, or -NHCOCH3;
R8 is chosen from benzene, -CH3, or tertbutyl;
R9 is chosen from a cyclohexane optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen and -OH, a spiroheptane optionally comprising at least one
halogen substituent, an indole, a cyclopentane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from -F or -CH3, -CH(OH)C(CH3)3, a -CF2 optionally comprising a cyclopentane substituent or a halobenzene substituent, - C(F)cyclohexane, CH(CH3)CH2CH3, or -CH(CH3)2 cyclopentane; R10 is chosen from -C(CH3)3, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising an -OCH3 substituent;
Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N; and A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X2 is chosen from -NHCO-, -NHCOCH2-, -NHCOCH2O-, or -NH-; wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from: a cyclohexane, a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, -CF3, a cyclopropyl, or a (trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl, a pyridine, an indazole, a quinoline, a quinazoline, or a pyrimidine, optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -CH3, -OCH3, -CF3, or CH3; and wherein X4 is chosen from -H or -CH3 or X1 and X4 together form a piperidine ring optionally comprising a -CONHC(CH3)3 substituent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[001] In another aspect, disclosed herein i s a compound of Formula (II) having a cyclopentane core:
Formula (II) wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from:
R2 is chosen from -H or -CH3;
R3 is chosen from -H or -CH3,
R4 is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R1 and R4 together form a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring,
R5 is chosen from -H, -CH3, -CH2OH, -COOCH3, -COOH, or -CH2OCH3;
R6 is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R? and R6 together form a azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH3, -OH, -CF3, or -F;
R7 is absent, 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, - CH3, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, or -NHCOCH3;
R8 is chosen from benzene, -CH3, or tertbutyl;
R9 is chosen from a cyclohexane optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen and -OH, a spiroheptane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, an indole, a cyclopentane optionally comprising one or two
halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from -F or -CH3, -CH(OH)C(CH3)3, a -CF2 optionally comprising a cyclopentane substituent or a halobenzene substituent, - C(F)cyclohexane, CH(CH3)CH2CH3, or -CH(CH3)2 cyclopentane; R10 is chosen from -C(CH3)3, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising an -OCH3 substituent;
Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N; and
A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X2 is chosen from -NHCO-, -NHCOCH2-, -NHCOCH2O-, or -NH-; wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from: a cyclohexane, a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, -CF3, a cyclopropyl, or a (tri fluoromethyl )cycl opropyl, a pyridine, an indazole, a quinoline, a quinazoline, or a pyrimidine, optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -CH3, -OCH3, -CF3, or CH 3: and wherein X4 is chosen from -H or -CH3 or X1 and X4 together form a piperidine ring optionally comprising a -CON HC(CH3)3. substituent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[002] In another aspect, disclosed herein is a compound of Formula (III) having a cyclobutane core:
wherein A is absent or -CH2-; wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclobutane core chosen from: a cyclohexane optionally substituted with at least one halogen, a CH(CH,)CH2 cyclopentane,
CHF2, -CH3, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, or -NHCOCH3;
R2 is chosen from benzene, -CH3, or tertbutyl;
R3 is chosen from a cyclohexane optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen or -OH, a spiroheptane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, an indole, a cyclopentane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from -F or -CH3, -CH(OH)C(CH3)3, a -CF2 optionally comprising a cyclopentane substituent or a halobenzene substituent, -CH(F) cyclohexane, - CH(F)2 cyclohexane, -C(CH3)2CF3, -CH(CH3)2CH2CH3, or -CH(CH3)2 cyclopentane;
R4 is chosen from -CF3, -CH2C(CH3)3, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from - OCHF2, -OCH3 or a halogen;
Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N; and
A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X2 is chosen from -NHCO-, -NHCOCH2-, -CH2NHCO-, -NHCH2CH2-
, or -NH-; wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclobutane core chosen from:
a cyclohexane, a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -CH(CH3)2, -OCHF2, -CH 3, -OCF3, -OCH3, -CF3, a tertbutyl, a cyclopropyl, or a (trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl, a pyrazole, a pyridine, an indazole, a quinoline, a quinazoline, an isoquinoline, a benzisoxazole, or a pyrimidine, optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from benzene, a halogen, a tertbutyl, -CH3, -OCH3, -CF3, or CH3; and wherein X4 is independently chosen from -H or -CH3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[003] In another aspect, disclosed herein is a compound of Formula (IV) having a cyclobutane core:
wherein A is absent, -CH2-, or -CH2C(O)-;
Y is N or CH;
R is H or Cl k wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclobutane core chosen from:
R3 is -C(O)NHC(CH3)3; wherein X2 is chosen from -CH2NHC(O)-, -CH2CH2NHC(O)-, or
wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclobutane core chosen from: a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, or -OCHF2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[004] In another aspect, disclosed herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV) as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In certain aspects, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a modified-release polymer, such as hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, or a polyacrylate polymer.
[005] In another aspect, disclosed herein are methods of treating a disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV) as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein. In certain aspects, the disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel is a psychiatric disorder, pain, tremor, seizures, epilepsy, or an epilepsy syndrome. In certain embodiments, the disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel is tremor, such as essential tremor.
[006] In yet another aspect, disclosed herein is a compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV) as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a pharmaceutical composition as disclosed herein for use in treating a disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel. In certain aspects, the disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel is a psychiatric disorder, pain, tremor, seizures, epilepsy, or an epilepsy syndrome. In certain embodiments, the disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T- type calcium channel is tremor, such as essential tremor.
Detailed Description of the Disclosure
[007] Disclosed herein are compounds and compositions (i.e., the compounds and compositions of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV)) useful for preventing and/or treating pain, tremor (e.g., essential tremor), epilepsy or epilepsy syndromes (e.g., absence seizures, juvenile myoclonic epilepsy, or a genetic epilepsy). The compounds and compositions disclosed herein may also be useful for preventing and/or treating psychiatric disorders. Psychiatric disorders may, for example, include, mood disorders such as depression, major
depressive disorder, and dysthymic disorder (e.g., mild depression); bipolar disorder (e.g., I and/or II); anxiety disorders (e.g., generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) and social anxiety disorder); stress; post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD); and compulsive disorders (e.g., obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD)). Methods are also presented that are useful for modulating the function and enhancing the potency of a T-type calcium channel.
Definitions
[008] In order for the present disclosure to be more readily understood, certain terms are first defined below. Additional definitions for the following terms and other terms may be set forth through the specification. If a definition of a term set forth below is inconsistent with a definition in an application or patent that is incorporated by reference, the definition set forth in this application should be used to understand the meaning of the term.
[009] As used herein, an “effective amount” of a compound refers to an amount sufficient to elicit the desired biological response. As will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in this art, the effective amount of a compound as disclosed herein may vary depending on such factors as the desired biological endpoint, the pharmacokinetics of the compound, the disease being treated, the mode of administration, and the age, health, and condition of the subject. An effective amount encompasses therapeutic and prophylactic treatment.
[0010] As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, a “therapeutically effective amount” of a compound is an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of a disease, disorder or condition, or to delay or minimize one or more symptoms associated with the disease, disorder or condition. A therapeutically effective amount of a compound means an amount of therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other therapies, which provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of the disease, disorder or condition. The term “therapeutically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall therapy, reduces or avoids symptoms or causes of disease or condition, or enhances the therapeutic efficacy of another therapeutic agent.
[0011] As used herein, the term “refractory” refers to a disease, disorder, or condition that does not readily yield or respond to therapy or treatment or is not controlled by a therapy or treatment. In some embodiments, a disease, disorder, or
condition described herein is refractory (e.g., refractory epilepsy or refractory absence seizures) and does not respond to standard therapy or treatment.
[0012] As used herein, a “subject” to which administration is contemplated includes, but is not limited to, humans (i.e., a male or female of any age group, e.g., a pediatric subject (e.g., infant, child, or adolescent) or adult subject (e.g., young adult, middle-aged adult or senior adult)) and/or a non-human animal, e.g., a mammal such as primates (e.g., cynomolgus monkeys, rhesus monkeys), cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, goats, rodents, cats, and/or dogs. In certain embodiments, the subject is a human. In certain embodiments, the subject is a non-human animal. The terms “human” and “patient” may be used interchangeably herein.
[0013] The terms “disease,” “disorder,” and “condition” are used interchangeably herein.
[0014] As used herein, and unless otherwise specified, the terms “treat,” “treating,” and “treatment” contemplate an action that occurs while a subject is suffering from the specified disease, disorder or condition, which reduces the severity of the disease, disorder or condition, or retards or slows the progression of the disease, disorder or condition (“therapeutic treatment”), and also contemplates an action that occurs before a subject begins to suffer from the specified disease, disorder or condition (“prophylactic treatment”).
[0015] In some embodiments, the term “in some embodiments,” “in other embodiments,” or the like, refers to embodiments of all aspects of the disclosure, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
[0016] Definitions of specific functional groups and chemical terms are described in more detail below. The chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75th Ed., inside cover, and specific functional groups are generally defined as described therein. Additionally, general principles of organic chemistry, as well as specific functional moieties and reactivity, are described in Thomas Sorrell, Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition, University Science Books, Sausalito, 2006; Smith and March, March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry, 7th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New7 York, 2013; Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers, Inc., New York, 1989; and Carruthers, Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis, 4th Edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2004.
[0017] Compounds described herein can comprise one or more asymmetric centers, and thus can exist in various isomeric forms, e.g., enantiomers and/or diastereomers. For example, the compounds described herein can be in the form of an individual enantiomer, diastereomer or geometric isomer, or can be in the form of a mixture of stereo isomers, including racemic mixtures and mixtures enriched in one or more stereoisomer. Isomers can be isolated from mixtures by methods known to those skilled in the art, including chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and the formation and crystallization of chiral salts; or preferred isomers can be prepared by asymmetric syntheses. See, for example, Jacques et al., Enantiomers, Race mates and Resolutions (Wiley Interscience, New York, 1981); Wilen et al., Tetrahedron 33:2725 (1977), Eliel, Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds (McGraw-Hill, NY, 1962), and Wilen, Tables of Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions p. 268 (E.L. Eliel, Ed., Univ, of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame, IN 1972). In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein may be individual isomers substantially free of other isomers, or alternatively, as mixtures of various isomers.
[0018] As used herein a pure enantiomeric compound is substantially free from other enantiomers or stereo isomers of the compound (i.e., in enantiomeric excess). In other words, an “S” form of the compound is substantially free from the “R” form of the compound and is, thus, in enantiomeric excess of the “R” form. The term “enantiomerically pure” or “pure enantiomer” denotes that the compound comprises more than 75% by weight, more than 80% by weight, more than 85% by weight, more than 90% by weight, more than 91% by weight, more than 92% by weight, more than 93% by weight, more than 94% by weight, more than 95% by weight, more than 96% by weight, more than 97% by weight, more than 98% by weight, more than 98.5% by weight, more than 99% by weight, more than 99.2% by weight, more than 99.5% by weight, more than 99.6% by weight, more than 99.7% by weight, more than 99.8% by weight, or more than 99.9% by wei ght, of the enantiomer. In certain embodiments, the weights are based upon total weight of all enantiomers or stereo isomers of the compound.
[0019] In the compositions provided herein, an enantiomerically pure compound can be present with other active or inactive ingredients. For example, a pharmaceutical composition comprising enantiomerically pure R-compound can comprise, for example, about 90% excipient and about 10% enantiomerically pure R- corapound. In certain embodiments, the enantiomerically pure R-compound in such
compositions can, for example, comprise, at least about 95% by weight R-compound and at most about 5% by weight S-compound, by total weight of the compound. For example, a pharmaceutical composition comprising enantiomerically pure S-compound can comprise, for example, about 90% excipient and about 10% enantiomerically pure S-compound. In certain embodiments, the enantiomerically pure S-compound in such compositions can, for example, comprise, at least about 95% by weight S-compound and at most about 5% by weight R-compound, by total weight of the compound. In certain embodiments, the active ingredient can be formulated with little or no excipient or carrier.
[0020] Compounds described herein may also comprise one or more isotopic substitutions. For example, H may be in any isotopic form, including 1H, 2H (D or deuterium), and 3H (T or tritium); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12C, 13C, and 14C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16O and 18O; and the like.
[0021] The following terms are intended to have the meanings presented therewith below and are useful in understanding the description and intended scope of the present disclosure. When describing certain aspects of the disclosure, which may include compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds, and methods of using such compounds and compositions, the following terms, if present, have the following meanings unless otherwise indicated. It should also be understood that when described herein any of the moieties defined forth below may be substituted with a variety of substituents, and that the respective definitions are intended to include such substituted moieties within their scope as set out below. Unless otherwise stated, the term “substituted” is to be defined as set out below. It should be further understood that the terms “groups” and “radicals” can be considered interchangeable when used herein. The articles “a” and “an” may be used herein to refer to one or to more than one (i.e., at least one) of the grammatical objects of the article. By way of example “an analogue” means one analogue or more than one analogue.
[0022] When a range of values is listed, it is intended to encompass each value and sub-range within the range. For example, “C1-6 alkyl” is intended to encompass, C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C1-6, C1-5, C1-4, C1-3, C1-2, C2-6, C2-5, C2-4, C2-3, C3-6, C3-5, C3-4, C4-6, C4-5, and C5-6 alkyl.
[0023] “Alkyl” refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched saturated hydrocarbon group, e.g., having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (“C1-20 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C1-10 alkyl”). In some
embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to. 9 carbon atoms (“C1.9 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C1-8 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has I to 7 carbon atoms (“C1-7 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C1-6 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 5 carbon atoms (“C1-5 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C1-4 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms (“C1-3 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 2 carbon atoms (“C1-2 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has I carbon atom (“Cj alkyl”). Examples of C1-6 alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, hexyl, and the like.
[0024] “Alkenyl” refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, one or more carbon-carbon double bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon double bonds), and optionally one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon triple bonds) (“C2-20 alkenyl”). In certain embodiments, alkenyl does not contain any triple bonds. In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms (“C2-10 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C2-9 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C2-8 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C2-7 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C2-6 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C2-5 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C2-4 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C2-3 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 carbon atoms (“C2 alkenyl”). The one or more carbon-carbon double bonds can be internal (such as in 2-butenyl) or terminal (such as in 1-butenyl).
Examples of C2-4 alkenyl groups include ethenyl (C2), 1 -propenyl (C3), 2-propenyl (C3), 1-butenyl (C4), 2-butenyl (C4), butadienyl (C4), and the like. Examples of C2-6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C2-4 alkenyl groups as well as pentenyl (C5), pentadienyl (C5), hexenyl (C6), and the like. Additional examples of alkenyl include heptenyl (C7), octenyl (Cs), octatrienyl (C8), and the like.
[0025] “Alkynyl” refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon triple bonds), and optionally one or more carbon-carbon
double bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon double bonds) (“C2-20 alkynyl”). In certain embodiments, alkynyl does not contain any double bonds, in some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms (“C2-10 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C2.-9 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C2-8 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C2-7 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C2-6 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C2-5 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C2-4 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C2-3 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 carbon atoms (“C2 alkynyl”). The one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds can be internal (such as in 2-butynyl) or terminal (such as in 1-butynyl). Examples of C2-4 alkynyl groups include, without limitation, ethynyl ( C2). 1-propynyl (C3), 2-propynyl (C3), 1-butynyl (C4), 2-butynyl (C4), and the like. Examples of C2-6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C2-4 alkynyl groups as well as pentynyl (C5), hexynyl (C6), and the like. Additional examples of alkynyl include heptynyl (C7), octynyl (C8), and the like.
[0026] “Aryl” refers to a radical of a monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic or tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6, 10, or 14 π electrons shared in a cyclic array) having 6-14 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system (“C6-14 aryl”). In some embodiments, an aryl group has six ring carbon atoms (“C6 aryl”; e.g., phenyl). In some embodiments, an aryl group has ten ring carbon atoms (“C10 aryl”; e.g., naphthyl such as 1 -naphthyl and 2-naphthyl). In some embodiments, an aryl group has fourteen ring carbon atoms (“C14 aryl”; e.g., anthracyl). “And” also includes ring systems wherein the aryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the radical or point of attachment is on the and ring, and in such instances, the number of carbon atoms continue to designate the number of carbon atoms in the aryl ring system. Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octal ene, ovalene, penta-2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene,
pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene, and trinaphthalene. Particularly aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, and tetrahydronaphthyl.
[0027] “Hetero” when used to describe a compound or a group present on a compound means that one or more carbon atoms in the compound or group have been replaced by a nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur heteroatom. Hetero may be applied to any of the alkyl groups described above such as alkyl, e.g., heteroalkyl; alkenyl, e.g., heteroalkenyl; alkynyl, e.g., heteroalkynyl; carbocyclyl, e.g., heterocyclyl; aryl, e.g,. heteroaryl, and the like having from 1 to 5, and particularly from 1 to 3 heteroatoms.
[0028] “Heteroaryl” refers to a radical of a 5-10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6 or 10 π electrons shared in a cyclic array) having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur (“5-10 membered heteroaryl”). In heteroaryl groups that contain one or more nitrogen atoms, the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits. Heteroaryl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings. “Heteroaryl” includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heteroaryl ring system. “Heteroaryl” also includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the aryl or heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members designates the number of ring members in the fused (aryl/heteroaryl) ring system. Bicyclic heteroaryl groups wherein one ring does not contain a heteroatom (e.g., indolyl, quinolinyl, carbazolyl, and the like) the point of attachment can be on either ring, i.e., either the ring bearing a heteroatom (e.g., 2-indolyl) or the ring that does not contain a heteroatom (e.g., 5-indolyl).
[0029] In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-10 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1 -4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-10 membered heteroaryl”). In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-8 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is
independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-8 membered heteroaryl”). In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-6 membered heteroaryl”). In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1-3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1-2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1 ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
[0030] “Carbocyclyl” or “carbocyclic” refers to a radical of a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C3-10 carbocyclyl”) and zero heteroatoms in the non-aromatic ring system. In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (“C3-8 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C3-6 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C3-6 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C5-10 carbocyclyl”). Exemplary C3-6 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, cyclopropyl (C3), cyclopropenyl (C3), cyclobutyl (C4), cyclobutenyl (C4), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclopentenyl (C5), cyclohexyl (C6), cyclohexenyl (C6), cyclohexadienyl (C6), and the like. Exemplary C3-5 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned C3-6 carbocyclyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C7), cycloheptenyl (C7), cycloheptadienyl (C7), cycloheptatrienyl (C7), cyclooctyl (C8), cyclooctenyl (C8), bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl (C7), bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl (Cs), and the like. Exemplary C3-10 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned C3-8 carbocyclyl groups as well as cyclononyl (C9), cyclononenyl (C9), cyclodecyl (C10), cyclodecenyl (C10), octahydro-lH-indenyl (C9), decahydronaphthalenyl (C10), spiro[4.5]decanyl (C10), and the like. As the foregoing examples illustrate, in certain embodiments, the carbocyclyl group is either monocyclic (“monocyclic carbocyclyl”) or contain a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic carbocyclyl”) and can be saturated or can be partially unsaturated. “Carbocyclyl” also includes ring systems wherein the carbocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the carbocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbons continue to designate the number of carbons in the carbocyclic ring system.
[0031] “Heterocyclyl” or ‘"heterocyclic” refers to a radical of a 3- to 10- membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, boron, phosphorus, and silicon (“3-10 membered heterocyclyl”). In heterocyclyl groups that contain one or more nitrogen atoms, the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits. A heterocyclyl group can either be monocyclic (“monocyclic heterocyclyl”) or a fused, bridged or spire ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic heterocyclyl”), and can be saturated or can be partially unsaturated. Heterocyclyl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings. “Heterocyclyl” also includes ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring, or ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups, wherein the point of attachment is on the heterocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heterocyclyl ring system.
[0032] In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5-10 membered non- aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, boron, phosphorus, and silicon (“5-10 membered heterocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5-8 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-8 membered heterocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5-6 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5-6 membered heterocyclyl”). In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has 1-3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has 1-2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has one ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
[0033] Exemplary 3 -membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azirdinyl, oxiranyl, thiorenyl. Exemplary 4-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azetidinyl,
oxetanyl and thietanyl. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, pyrrolidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl and pyrrolyl- 2, 5-dione. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, dioxolanyl, oxasulfuranyl, disulfuranyl, and oxazolidin-2- one. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing three heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolinyl, oxadi azolinyl, and thiadiazolinyl. Exemplary 6- membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyridinyl, and thianyl. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, dioxanyl. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing three heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazinanyl. Exemplary 7-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azepanyl, oxepanyl and thiepanyl. Exemplary 8-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azocanyl, oxecanyl and thiocanyl. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups fused to a C6 aryl ring (also referred to herein as a 5,6-bicyclic heterocyclic ring) include, without limitation, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, benzoxazolinonyl, and the like. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups fused to an aryl ring (also referred to herein as a 6,6-bicyclic heterocyclic ring) include, without limitation, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and the like.
[0034] “Cyano” refers to -CN.
[0035] “Halo” or “halogen” refers to a fluorine atom (i.e., fluoro or -F), a chlorine atom (i.e., chloro or -Cl), a bromine atom (i.e., bromo or -Br), and an iodine atom (i.e., iodo or -I). In certain embodiments, the halo group is fluoro or chloro.
[0036] “Haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
[0037] “Nitro” refers to -NO2.
[0038] The term “spiro” refers to a molecule containing at least two adjoining ring structures, in which the adjoining ring structures share one atom. In certain embodiments, a spiroheptane refers to two adjoining cyclobutane rings sharing one carbon atom.
[0039] In general, the term “substituted,” whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that at least one hydrogen present on a group (e.g., a carbon
or nitrogen atom) is replaced with a permissible substituent, e.g., a substituent which upon substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, or other reaction. Unless otherwise indicated, a “substituted” group has a substituent at one or more substitutable positions of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure is substituted, the substituent is either the same or different at each position.
[0040] A “counterion” or “anionic counterion” is a negatively charged group associated with a cationic quaternary amino group in order to maintain electronic neutrality. Exemplary counterions include halide ions (e.g., F-, Cl", Br", I"), NO3", C1O4 , OH-, H2PO4-, HSO4-, SO4-, sulfonate ions (e.g., methansulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, 10-camphor sulfonate, naphthalene-2-sulfonate, naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid-5-sulfonate, ethan-1- sulfonic acid-2-sulfonate, and the like), and carboxylate ions (e.g., acetate, ethanoate, propanoate, benzoate, glycerate, lactate, tartrate, glycolate, and the like).
[0041] The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. The general concept of pharmaceutically acceptable salts has been discussed in the art, including, for example, Berge et al., which describes pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J Pharmaceutical Science (1977) 66: 1-19. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds described herein include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dod ecyl sulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemi sulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, mal onate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate,
nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3- phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, p-toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N+(C1-4alkyl)4 salts. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like. Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, lower alkyl sulfonate, and and sulfonate.
[0042] The term “modified-release polymer” refers to a polymer that is used in a formulation (e.g., tablets and capsules) to modify the release rate of the drug upon administration to a subject. For example, a modified-release polymer is used to dissolve a drug over time in order to be released slower and steadier into the bloodstream. For example, a modified-release polymer is a controlled-release polymer. For example, a modified-release polymer or a controlled-release polymer is an HPMC polymer. In some embodiments, a modified-release polymer may include hydrophilic matrix polymers (e.g., hypromellose, hydroxyl-propyl methylcellulose (HPMC)), hydrophobic matrix polymers (e.g., ethyl cellulose, ethocel), or polyacrylate polymers (e.g., Eudragit® RL100, Eudragit® RS100).
[0043] The term “diluent” as used herein refers to an excipient used to increase weight and improve content uniformity. For example, diluents include cellulose derivatives (e.g., microcrystalline cellulose), starches (e.g., hydrolyzed starches, and partially pregelatinized starches), anhydrous lactose, lactose monohydrate, di-calcium phosphate (DCP), sugar alcohols (e.g., sorbitol, xylitol and mannitol)).
[0044] The term “glidanf ’ as used herein refers to an excipient used to promote powder flow by reducing interparticle friction and cohesion. For example, glidants include fumed silica (e.g., colloidal silicon dioxide), talc, and magnesium carbonate.
[0045] The term “lubricant” as used herein refers to an excipient used to prevent ingredients from clumping together and from sticking to the tablet punches or capsule filling machine. Lubricants are also used to ensure that tablet formation and ejection can occur with low friction between the solid and die wall. For example, lubricants include magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, stearic acid, talc, silica, and fats (e.g., vegetable stearin).
[0046] The term “coating” as used herein refers to an excipient to protect tablet ingredients from deterioration by moisture in the air and make large or unpleasant- tasting tablets easier to swallow.
[0047] The embodiments disclosed herein are not intended to be limited in any manner by the above exemplary' listing of chemical groups and substituents.
Compounds
[0048] In one aspect, disclosed herein are compounds and compositions (i.e., the compounds and compositions of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV)) thereof for the modulation of T-type calcium channels, as well as diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with aberrant function thereof (e.g., psychiatric disorders (e.g., mood disorder (e.g., major depressive disorder)); pain; tremor, such as essential tremor; epilepsy or an epilepsy seizure, such as absence seizures, juvenile myoclonic epilepsy, status epilepsy, or a genetic epilepsy.
[0049] In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (IA) with a cyclohexane core:
(CH2)2OCH3,
R2 is chosen from -H or -CH3;
R3 is chosen from -H or -CH3,
R4 is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R1 and R4 together form a cyclopropane, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring; R5 is chosen from -H, -CH 3, -CF3 -CH2OH, -COOCH3, -COOH, or -CH2OCH3;
R6 is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R5 and R6 together form an azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH3, -OH, -CF3, or -F;
R7 is 1, 2, or 3 and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, -CH3, - OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, or -NHCOCH3;
R8 is chosen from benzene, -CH3, or tertbutyl;
R9 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran, -CH(CH3)2CH2CH3, or -CH(CH3)2 cyclopentane; R10 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising an -OCH3 substituent;
Ai is chosen from -CH or -N;
A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O;
X2 is chosen from -NHCO- or -NHCOCH2-; and
X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclohexane chosen from: a cyclohexane, a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0050] In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (I) with a cyclohexane core:
wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclohexane core chosen from:
wherein R1 is chosen from -H, -CH3, -CH2OCH3, -CF3, -CH2CH3, or - (CH2)2OCH3;
R2 is chosen from -H or -CH3;
R3 is chosen from -H or -Cl I c.
R4 is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R1 and R4 together form a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring;
R5 is chosen from -H, -CH3 -CH2OH, -COOCH3, -COOH, or -CH2OCH3,
R6 is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R5 and R6 together form an azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH3, -OH, -CF3, or -F;
R7 is 1, 2, or 3 and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, -CH3, - OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, or -NHCOCH3;
R8 is chosen from benzene, -CH3, or tertbutyl;
R9 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodioxane, a tetrahydropyran, -CH(CH3)2CH2CH3, or -CH(CH3)2 cyclopentane; R10 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising an -OCH3 substituent;
A1 is chosen from -CH or -N;
A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O;
X2 is chosen from -NHCO- or -NHCOCH2-, and
X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclohexane chosen from: a cyclohexane, a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0051] In certain embodiments, X1 is Formula (la) and R2, R3, and R5 are -H, and in certain embodiments, R1 , R5, and R6 are -CH3. In certain embodiments, X2 is - NHCOCH2-, and in certain embodiments, X2 is -NHCO-. In certain embodiments, X3 is a cyclohexane, and in certain embodiments, X3 is a phenyl group, for example a phenyl group comprising at least two halogen substituents. In certain embodiments, the halogen substituents may be chosen from chlorine, fluorine, or any combination
thereof. In certain embodiments, R9 is a cyclohexane with two halogen substituents, such as two fluorine substituents
[0052] In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (IA), wherein the compound has a structure as set forth below:
[0053] In another embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (IIA) with a cyclopentane core:
wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from:
wherein R1 is chosen from -H, -CH3, -CH2OCH3, -CF3, -CH2CH3, or - (CH2)2OCH3;
R2 is chosen from -H or -CH3,
R3 is chosen from -H or -CH3;
R4 is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R1 and R4 together form a cyclopropane, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring;
R5 is chosen from -H, -CH3, -CF3, -CH2OH, -COOCH3, -COOH, or -CH2OCH3;
R6 is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R5 and R6 together form a azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH3, -OH, -CF3, or -F,
R7 is absent, 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, - CH3, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, or -NHCOCH3;
R8 is chosen from benzene, -CH3, or tertbutyl;
R9 is chosen from a cyclohexane optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen and -OH, a spiroheptane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, an indole, a cyclopentane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from -F or -CH3, -CH(OH)C(CH3)3, a -CF2 optionally comprising a cyclopentane substituent or a halobenzene substituent, - C(F)cyclohexane, CH(CH3)2CH2CH3, or -CH(CH3)2 cyclopentane; R10 is chosen from -C(CH3)3, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising an -OCH3 substituent;
Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N; and
A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X2 is chosen from -NHCO-, -NHCOCH2-, -NHCOCH2O-, or -NH-; wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from: a cyclohexane,
a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, -CF3, a cyclopropyl, or a (trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl, a pyridine, an indazole, a quinoline, a quinazoline, or a pyrimidine, optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -CH3, -OCH3, -CF3, or CH3; and wherein X4 is chosen from -H or -CH ; or X1 and X4 together form a piperidine ring optionally comprising a -CONHC(CH3)3 substituent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0054] In another embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (II) with a cyclopentane core:
wherein X1 is a left-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from :
wherein R1 is chosen from -H, -CH3, -CH2OCH3, -CF3, -CH2CH3, or - (CH2)2OCH3;
R2 is chosen from -H or -CH3,
R3 is chosen from -H or -CH3;
Ri is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R1 and R4 together form a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring;
R5 is chosen from -H, -CH3, -CH2OH, -COOCH3, -COOH, or -CH 2OCH3;
R6 is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R5 and R6 together form a azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH3, -OH, -CF3, or -F,
R7 is absent, 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, - CH3, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, or -NHCOCH3;
R8 is chosen from benzene, -CH3, or tertbutyl;
R9 is chosen from a cyclohexane optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen and -OH, a spiroheptane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, an indole, a cyclopentane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from -F or -CH3, -CH(OH)C(CH3)3, a -CF2 optionally comprising a cyclopentane substituent or a halobenzene substituent, - C(F)cyclohexane, CH(CH3)2CH2CH3, or -CH(CH3)2 cyclopentane; R10 is chosen from -C(CH3)3, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising an -OCH3 substituent;
Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N; and
A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X2 is chosen from -NHCO-, -NHCOCH2-, -NHCOCH2O-, or -NH-; wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from: a cyclohexane,
a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, -CF3, a cyclopropyl, or a (trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl, a pyridine, an indazole, a quinoline, a quinazoline, or a pyrimidine, optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -CH3, -OCH3, -CF3, or CH3; and wherein X4 is chosen from -H or -Cl h or X1 and X4 together form a piperidine ring optionally comprising a -CONHC(CH3)3 substituent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0055] In certain embodiments, Xi is Formula (a) and R2, R3, and R6 are -H, and in certain embodiments, R1, R5, and R6 are -CH3. In certain embodiments, Xi is Formula (b), and in certain embodiments wherein Xi is Formula (b), R7 is -Cl, such as a single - Cl substituent. In certain embodiments, X2 is -NHCOCH2-, and in certain embodiments, X2 is -NHCO- and X4 is -H, such that the compound of Formula (II) or Formula (IIA) is
[0056] In certain embodiments, X3 is a cyclohexane, and in certain embodiments, X3 is a phenyl group, for example a phenyl group comprising at least two halogen substituents. In certain embodiments, the halogen substituents may be chosen from chlorine, fluorine, or any combination thereof.
[0057] In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (II) or Formula (IIA), wherein the compound has a structure as set forth below:
[0058] In another embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (III) with a cyclobutane core:
Formula (III) wherein A is absent or -CH2-; wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclobutane core chosen from: a cyclohexane optionally substituted with at least one halogen, a
RI is absent, 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -
CHF2, -CH3, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, or -NHCOCH3;
R2 is chosen from benzene, -CH3, or tertbutyl;
R3 is chosen from a cyclohexane optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen or -OH, a spiroheptane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, an indole, a cyclopentane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from -F or -CH3, -CH(OH)C(CH3)3, a -CF2 optionally comprising a cyclopentane substituent or a halobenzene substituent, -CH(F) cyclohexane, - CH(F)2 cyclohexane, -C(CH3)2CF3, -CH(CH3)2CH2CH3, or -CH(CH3)2 cyclopentane;
R4 is chosen from -CF3, -CH2C(CH3)3, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from - OCHF2, -OCH3 or a halogen;
Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N; and
A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X2 is chosen from -NHCO-, -NHCOCH2-, -CH2NHCO-, -NHCH2CH2-
, or -NH-; wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclobutane core chosen from: a cyclohexane,
a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -CH(CH3)2, -OCHF2, -CH3, -OCF3, -OCH3, -CF3, a tertbutyl, a cyclopropyl, or a (trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl, or a pyrazole, a pyridine, an indazole, a quinoline, a quinazoline, an isoquinoline, a benzisoxazole, or a pyrimidine, optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from benzene, a halogen, a tertbutyl, -CH3, -OCH3, -CF3, or CH3; and wherein X4 is independently chosen from -H or -CH3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0059] In certain embodiments, X1 is Formula (Illa), and in certain embodiments wherein Xi is Formula (Illa), R1 is -Cl, such as a single -Cl substituent. In certain embodiments, X2 is -NHCOCH2-, and in certain embodiments, X?, is -NHCO-. In certain embodiments, Xi is Formula ( 11 Ic ), and in certain embodiments wherein X1 is Formula (IIIc), R3 is a cyclohexane comprising two halogen substituents, such as two fluorine substituents. In certain embodiments, R4 is a cyclohexane with two halogen substituents, such as two fluorine substituents.
[0060] In certain embodiments, X3 is a cyclohexane, and in certain embodiments, X3 is a phenyl group, for example a phenyl group comprising at least two halogen substituents. In certain embodiments, the halogen substituents may be chosen from chlorine, fluorine, or any combination thereof. In certain embodiments, A is absent and each of X4 is -H such that the compound of Formula (III) is
[0061] In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (III), wherein the compound has a structure as set forth below:
thereof.
[0062] In another aspect, disclosed herein is a compound of Formula (IV) having a cyclobutane core:
wherein A is absent, -CH2-, or -CH2C(O)-;
Y is N or CH; R1 is - -H or - -CH3; wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclobutane core chosen from:
R3 is -C(O)NHC(CH3)3; wherein X2 is chosen from -CH2NHC(O)-, -CH2CH2NHC(O)-, or
wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclobutane core chosen from: a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, or -OCHF2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[001] In certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein comprise a compound of Formula (IV), wherein the compound has a structure as set forth below:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Compositions
[002] In one aspect, the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, may be in a pharmaceutical composition, such as in a dosage form. As used herein, the terms pharmaceutical composition and dosage form may be used interchangeably.
[003] In some embodiments, a composition that can be used in a method described herein may be a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and an excipient that functions to modify the release rate of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition may be a swellable core technology formulation.
[004] In certain embodiments, a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be a dosage form, such as an oral dosage form, comprising the compound of Formula (I) , Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a modified-release polymer (e.g., a controlled-release polymer, hydrophilic matrix polymers, e.g., an HPMC polymer, hydrophobic matrix polymers (e.g., ethyl cellulose, ethocel), or polyacrylate polymers (e.g., Eudragit® RL100, Eudragit® RS 100)), in an amount sufficient to modify the release rate of the compound of Formula (I) , Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[005] In some embodiments, the dosage form may comprises from about 0.9% by weight to about 40% by weight (e.g., from about 0.9% by weight to about 30%, from about 1% by weight to about 25% by weight, from about 2% by weight to about 25% by weight, from about 3% by weight to about 20% by weight, from about 4% by weight to about 20% by weight, from about 5% by weight to about 20% by weight, from about 5% by weight to about 15% by weight, from about 5% by weight to about 10% by weight, or about 0.9%, about 1%, about 2%, about 3%, about 4%, about 5%, about 6%, about 7%, about 8%, about 9%, about 10%, about 11%, about 12%, about 13%, about 14%, about 15%, about 16%, about 17%, about 18%, about 19%, about 20%, about 21%, about 22%, about 23%, about 24%, about 25%, about 26%, about 27%, about 28%, about 29%, about 30%, about 40% by weight) of the compound of Formula (I) , Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the dosage form comprises about 30% by weight to about 40% by weight of the compound of Formula (I) , Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[006] In some embodiments, the dosage form may comprise from about 4% by weight to about 25% by weight of the compound of Formula (I) , Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, such as, for example from about 19% to about 20%, from about 21% to about 22%, from about 4% to about 15%, from about 4% to about 10%, from about 4% to about 5%, from about 5% to about 6%, or from about 9% to about 10%, by weight.
[007] In some embodiments, a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be a dosage form or composition comprising from about 0 mg to about 60 mg (e.g., about 1 mg to about 20 mg, about 5 mg to about 25 mg, about 10 mg to about 30 mg, about 15 mg to about 35 mg, about 20 mg to about 40 mg, about 25 mg to about 55 mg or about 30 mg to about 60 mg of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV) as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In other embodiments, a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be a dosage form or composition comprising from about 1 mg to about 60 mg (e.g., about 5 mg, about 10 mg, about 15 mg, about 20 mg, about 25 mg, about 30 mg, about 35 mg, about 40 mg, about 45 mg, about 50 mg, about 55 mg, or about 60 mg) of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a modified-release polymer (e.g., a controlled-release polymer, hydrophilic matrix polymers, e.g., an HPMC polymer, hydrophobic matrix polymers (e.g., ethyl cellulose, ethocel), or polyacrylate polymers (e.g., Eudragit® RL100, Eudragit® RS100)), for example, in an amount sufficient to modify the release rate of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof upon an administration to the subject.
[008] In other embodiments, the dosage form comprises from about 4 mg to about 6 mg (e.g., about 5 mg) of the compound of Formula (I) , Formula (II), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, the dosage form comprises from about 15 mg to about 45 mg (e.g., about 20 mg) of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, such as from about 5 mg to about 15 mg (e.g., about 10 mg), from about 15 mg to about 25 mg, from about 25 mg to about 35 mg (e.g., about 30 mg), or from about 35 mg to about 45 mg (e.g., about 40 mg).
[009] In some embodiments, the dosage form comprises from about 55 mg to 65 mg of a modified-release polymer (e.g., an HPMC polymer). In some embodiments, the dosage form comprises from about 10% by weight to about 70% by weight of the modified-release polymer (e.g., an HPMC polymer). In some embodiments, the dosage form comprises from about 50% by weight to about 60% by weight of the modified- release polymer (e.g., an HPMC polymer).
[0010] In some embodiments, the dosage form further comprises a diluent. In some embodiments, the diluent comprises microcrystalline cellulose. In some embodiments, the dosage form comprises from about 15 mg to 40 mg (e.g., from about 15 mg to about 25 mg, from about 20 mg to about 25 mg, from about 25 mg to about 30 mg, from about 30 mg to about 40 mg) microcrystalline cellulose. In some embodiments, the dosage form comprises from about 15 mg to about 25 mg microcrystalline cellulose. In some embodiments, the dosage form comprises from about 30 mg to about 40 mg microcrystalline cellulose. In some embodiments, the dosage form comprises from about 15% to about 35% by weight (e.g., from about 15% to about 20%, from about 20% to about 25%, from 25% to about 30%, or from 30% to about 35% by weight) microcrystalline cellulose.
[0011] In some embodiments, the dosage form further comprises a glidant. In some embodiments, the glidant comprises colloidal silicon dioxide. In some embodiments, the dosage form further comprises a lubricant. In some embodiments, the lubricant comprises magnesium stearate. In some embodiments, the dosage form further comprises a coating.
[0012] In some embodiments, about 80% of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is released within 7 hours upon administration to a subject. In certain embodiments, about 80% of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is released in 7 hours using USP apparatus type-I, media containing 900 mL 0.1 M HC1, and a paddle speed of 100 rpm.
[0013] In some embodiments, the dosage form, upon administration to a subject, has a reduced Cmax value than a reference oral dosage form (e.g., a dosage form without any intended release rate profile (e.g., without a modified release rate profile or a dosage form that does not have a modified-release polymer, e.g., an HPMC polymer)). In some embodiments, the dosage form, upon administration to a subject, has a greater tmax value than a reference oral dosage form (e.g., a dosage form without any intended release rate profile (e.g., without a modified release rate profile or a dosage form that does not have a modified-release polymer, e.g., an HPMC polymer)).
[0014] In other embodiments, the dosage form is administered to a patient once daily. In certain embodiments, the dosage form is administered to a patient twice daily. In some embodiments, the dosage form is a tablet. In other embodiments, the dosage form is a capsule. In certain embodiments, the dosage form is a suspension.
[0015] In some embodiments, a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be an oral dosage form (e.g., particulate) comprising from about 15 mg to 25 mg of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and from about 55 mg to 65 mg of an HPMC polymer.
[0016] In other embodiments, a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be an oral dosage form (e.g., particulate) comprising from about 14% by weight to about 25% by weight of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof; and from about 53% to about 64% by weight of an HPMC polymer.
[0017] In certain embodiments, a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be an oral dosage form (e.g., particulate) comprising from about 3 mg to 8 mg of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and from about 55 mg to 65 mg of an HPMC polymer.
[0018] In some embodiments, a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be an oral dosage form (e.g., particulate) comprising from about 3% by weight to about 8% by weight of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and from about 53% to about 64% by weight of an HPMC polymer.
[0019] In other embodiments, a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be an oral (e.g., particulate) composition comprising the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a modified-release polymer (e.g., a controlled-release polymer, e.g., an HPMC polymer as a hydrophilic matrix polymer).
[0020] In some embodiments, the composition comprises from about 0.9% by weight to about 40% by weight of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the composition comprises from about 14% to about 25%, about 19% to about 20%, about 21% to about 22%, about 4% to about 15%, about 4% to about 10%, about 4% to about 5%, about 5% to about 6%, or about 9% to about 10%, by weight of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0021] In some embodiments, the composition comprises from about 1 mg to about 60 mg (e.g., about 5 mg, about 10 mg, about 15 mg, about 20 mg, about 25 mg, about 30 mg, about 35 mg, about 40 mg, about 45 mg, about 50 mg, about 55 mg, or about 60 mg) of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, the composition comprises from about 4 mg to about 6 mg (e.g.,
about 5 mg) of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In other embodiments, the composition comprises from about 15 mg to about 25 mg (e.g., about 20 mg) of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[0022] In some embodiments, the composition comprises a diluent. In some embodiments, the diluent comprises microcrystalline cellulose. In other embodiments, the composition comprises from about 15 mg to 40 mg (e.g., from about 15 mg to about 25 mg, from about 20 mg to about 25 mg, from about 25 mg to about 30 mg, or from about 30 mg to about 40 mg) microcrystalline cellulose. In some embodiments, the composition comprises from about 15% to about 35% by weight (e.g., from about 15% to about 20%, from about 20% to about 25 %, from 25% to about 30%, or from 30% to about 35% by weight) microcrystalline cellulose.
[0023] In some embodiments, the composition comprises from about 15 mg to about 25 mg microcrystalline cellulose. In some embodiments, the composition comprises from about 30 mg to about 40 mg microcrystalline cellulose. In some embodiments, the composition further comprises a glidant. In some embodiments, the glidant comprises colloidal silicon dioxide. In some embodiments, the composition further comprises a lubricant. In some embodiments, the lubricant comprises magnesium stearate. In some embodiments, the composition further comprises a coating. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is stable within the formulation at about 25 °C at 60% relative humidity for at least 24 months. In some embodiments, the compound is stable at about 25 °C at 60% relative humidity for at least 36 months. In some embodiments, the compound is stable at about 25 °C at 60% relative humidity for at least 48 months. In other embodiments, the compound is stable at about 25 °C at 60% relative humidity for at least 60 months. In some embodiments, the compound is stable at about 40 °C at 75% relative humidity for at least 6 months.
Immediate Release Formulations
[0024] In some embodiments, a dosage form or composition that can be used in the methods described herein may be a dosage form or composition comprising the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, where the compound
Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is released immediately upon an administration to the subject.
[0025] In other embodiments, a dosage form that can be used in a method described herein may be an oral capsule for immediate release comprising from about 15 mg to about 20 mg of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and from about 75 mg to 85 mg diluent; from about 2 mg to 10 mg binder; from about 1 % to about 5 % disintegrant; and from about 0.1 mg to 5 mg lubricant.
Administrations
[0026] In one aspect, the compounds, compositions, dosage forms, and the like described herein may be administered to a subject. In some embodiments, the dosage form is administered to the subject more than once a day (e.g., twice a day, three times a day, or four times a day).
[0027] In some embodiments, the dosage form is administered to the subject once a day (e.g., one 20 mg tablet once a day, two 20 mg tablets once a day, or three 20 mg tablets once a day). In some embodiments, the dosage form is administered to the subject twice a day (e.g., one 10 mg tablet twice a day, one 20 mg tablet twice a day, two 20 mg tablets twice a day, three 20 mg tablets twice a day). In some embodiments, the dosage form is administered to the subject every other day. In certain embodiments, about 1 mg to about 60 mg, such as about 20 mg to about 40 mg, of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is administered to the subject daily. In other embodiments, about 15 mg to 25 mg of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to the subject daily. In certain embodiments, about 30 mg to 40 mg of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered to the subject daily.
[0028] Compounds provided in accordance with the present disclosure are usually administered in the form of pharmaceutical compositions. This invention therefore provides pharmaceutical compositions that contain, as the active ingredient, one or more of the compounds described, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, carriers, including inert solid
diluents and fillers, diluents, including sterile aqueous solution and various organic solvents, permeation enhancers, solubilizers and adjuvants. The pharmaceutical compositions may be administered alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents. General techniques for preparing pharmaceutical compositions are disclosed in the pharmaceutical art (see, e.g., Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mace Publishing Co., Philadelphia, Pa. 17th Ed. (1985); and Modem Pharmaceutics, Marcel Dekker, Inc. 3rd Ed. (G. S. Banker & C. T. Rhodes, Eds.).
[0029] The pharmaceutical compositions may be administered in either single or multiple doses by any of the accepted modes of administration of agents having similar utilities, for example as described in those patents and patent applications incorporated by reference, including rectal, buccal, intranasal and transdermal routes, by intra-arterial injection, intravenously, intraperitoneally, parenterally, intramuscularly, subcutaneously, orally, topically, as an inhalant, or via an impregnated or coated device such as a stent, for example, or an artery-inserted cylindrical polymer.
[0030] In some embodiments, the compounds and compositions (i.e., the compounds and compositions of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV)) described herein are administered orally. The compound or a composition thereof may be formulated in a liquid or oral dosage form. Administration may be via capsule or tablet (e.g., an enteric coated tablet), or the like. In making the pharmaceutical compositions that include at least one compound described herein, the active ingredient is usually diluted by an excipient and/or enclosed within such a carrier that can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container. When the excipient serves as a diluent, it can be in the form of a solid, semisolid, or liquid material (as above), which acts as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient. Thus, the compositions can be in the form of a tablet, pill, powder, lozenge, sachet, elixir, suspension, emulsion, solution, syrup, aerosol (as a solid or in a liquid medium), or ointment containing, for example, up to 10% by weight of the active compound, or capsule (e.g., soft or hard gelatin capsule).
[0031] In some embodiments, the compounds and compositions (i.e., the compounds and compositions of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV)) described herein are administered parenterally, e.g., by injection or intravenously. The compound or a composition thereof may be formulated in a liquid dosage form and may include one or more excipients.
[0032] Some examples of suitable excipients include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, sterile water, syrup, and methyl cellulose. The formulations can additionally include lubricating agents such as talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and suspending agents; preserving agents such as methyl and propylhydroxy-benzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents.
[0033] The compositions disclosed herein can be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained, or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient. Controlled release drug delivery systems for oral administration include osmotic pump systems and dissolutional systems containing polymer-coated reservoirs or drug-polymer matrix formulations. Examples of controlled release systems are given in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,845,770; 4,326,525; 4,902,514; and 5,616,345. Another formulation for use in the methods of the present disclosure employs transdermal delivery devices (“patches”). Such transdermal patches may be used to provide continuous or discontinuous infusion of the compounds disclosed herein in controlled amounts. The general construction and use of transdermal patches for the delivery of pharmaceutical agents is described in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,023,252, 4,992,445 and 5,001,139. Such patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents.
[0034] The compositions are preferably formulated in a unit dosage form. The term “unit dosage forms” refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient (e.g., a tablet, capsule, ampoule). The compounds are generally administered in a pharmaceutically effective amount. Preferably, for oral administration, each dosage unit contains from 1 mg to 2 g of a compound described herein, and for parenteral administration, preferably from 0.1 to 700 mg of a compound described herein. It will be understood, however, that the amount of the compound actually administered usually will be determined by a physician, in the light of the relevant circumstances, including the condition to be treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual compound administered and its relative activity, the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient’s symptoms, and the like.
[0035] For preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound as disclosed herein. When referring to these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules.
[0036] The tablets or pills disclosed herein may be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action, or to protect from the acid conditions of the stomach. For example, the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former. The two components can be separated by an enteric layer that serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permit the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release. A variety of materials can be used for such enteric layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol, and cellulose acetate.
Methods of treating a disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel
[0037] In one aspect, the present disclosure provides a method of treating a disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering (e.g., once, twice, three times) daily to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the same. The present disclosure similarly provides a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), as disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the same, for use in treating a disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel in a subject in need thereof.
[0038] In typical embodiments, the present disclosure is intended to encompass the compounds disclosed herein, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomeric
forms, polymorphs, and prodrugs of such compounds. In some embodiments, the present invention includes a pharmaceutically acceptable addition salt, a hydrate of an addition salt, a tautomeric form, a polymorph, an enantiomer, a mixture of enantiomers, a stereo isomer or mixture of stereoisomers (pure or as a racemic or non-racemic mixture) of a compound described herein. In all embodiments of the methods disclosed herein, the compound may be in the form of a composition, including a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form.
Epilepsy and Epilepsy Syndromes
[0039] The compositions described herein are useful in the treatment of epilepsy and epilepsy syndromes. Epilepsy is a central nervous system disorder in which nerve cell activity in the brain becomes disrupted, causing recurrent seizures that can manifest as abnormal movements, periods of unusual behavior, sensations, and sometimes loss of consciousness. Seizure symptoms will vary widely, from a simple blank stare for a few seconds to repeated twitching of the arms or legs during a seizure.
[0040] Epilepsy may involve a generalized seizure, involving multiple areas of the brain, or a partial or focal seizure. All areas of the brain are involved in a generalized seizure. A person experiencing a generalized seizure may cry out or make some sound, stiffen for several seconds to a minute and then have rhythmic movements of the arms and legs. The eyes may be open, and/or the person may appear not to be breathing and turn blue. The return to consciousness may be gradual, and the person may be confused from minutes to hours. The following are the main types of generalized seizures: tonic- clonic, tonic, clonic, myoclonic, myoclonic-tonic-clonic, myoclonic-atonic, atonic, and absence (typical, atypical, myoclonic, eyelid myoclonia) seizures, and epileptic spasms. In a partial or focal seizure, only part of the brain is involved, so only part of the body is affected. Depending on the part of the brain having abnormal electrical activity, symptoms may vary.
[0041] Epilepsy, as described herein, includes a generalized, partial, complex partial (e.g., seizures involving only part of the brain, but where consciousness is compromised), tonic clonic, clonic, tonic, refractory seizures, status epilepticus, absence seizures, febrile seizures, or temporal lobe epilepsy.
[0042] The compositions described herein may also be useful in the treatment of epilepsy syndromes. Severe syndromes with diffuse brain dysfunction caused, at least partly, by some aspect of epilepsy, are also referred to as epileptic
encephalopathies. These are associated with frequent seizures that are resistant to treatment and severe cognitive dysfunction, for instance West syndrome.
[0043] In some embodiments, the epilepsy syndrome comprises epileptic encephalopathy, Dravet syndrome, Angelman syndrome, CDKL5 disorder, frontal lobe epilepsy, infantile spasms, West’s syndrome, Juvenile Myoclonic Epilepsy, Landau- Ki effner syndrome, Lennox-Gastaut syndrome, Ohtahara syndrome, PCDH19 epilepsy, or Glutl deficiency. In some embodiments, the epilepsy syndrome is childhood absence epilepsy (CAE). In some embodiments, the epilepsy syndrome is juvenile absence epilepsy (JAE). In some embodiments, the epilepsy syndrome is Lennox-Gastaut syndrome. In some embodiments, the epilepsy syndrome is SLC6A1 epileptic encephalopathy. In some embodiments, the epilepsy syndrome is associated with mutations in the genes that code for T-type calcium channels (e.g., CACNA1G, EEF1A2, and GABRG2 for genetic generalized epilepsy (GGE) and LGI1, TRIM3, and GABRG2 for non-acquired focal epilepsy (NAFE)), as discussed, for example, in Feng, YCA, et al., “Ultra-Rare Genetic Variation in the Epilepsies: A Whole-Exome Sequencing Study of 17,606 Individuals,” A m. J. Human Gen. 2019; 105(2):267-282. In some embodiments, the epilepsy syndrome is Doose syndrome or myoclonic astatic epilepsy. In some embodiments, the epilepsy syndrome is epileptic encephalopathy with continuous spike and wave during sleep (CSWS). In some embodiments, the epilepsy syndrome is Landau Kleffner Syndrome (LKS). In some embodiments, the epilepsy syndrome is Jeavons syndrome.
Absence Seizures
[0044] Absence seizures are one of the most common seizure types in patients with idiopathic generalised epilepsy (IGE) (Berg et al., Epilepsia 2000). Absence seizures are relatively brief, non-convulsive seizures characterised by abrupt onset of loss of awareness and responsiveness, usually lasting between 10-30 seconds in duration, with a rapid return to normal consciousness without post-ictal confusion. The seizures are characterised on an accompanying EEG recording by the abrupt onset and offset of generalised 1-6 Hz (e.g., 3 Hz) spike and wave discharges. Absence seizure often occur multiple times per day, interrupt learning and psychosocial functioning, and present a risk of injury because of the frequent episodes of loss of awareness. Typically, absence seizures begin in early childhood and remit by teenage years. However, in a minority of patients they persist into adulthood where they are often drug resistant and may be accompanied by other seizure types such as generalised tonic-clonic seizures.
In these adult patients, the absence seizures are usually highly disabling, in particular by disqualifying the sufferer from obtaining a motor vehicle licence or pursuing occupations and hobbies in which the seizures-associated periods of loss of awareness pose a safety risk, and are associated with significant psychosocial disabilities (Wirrell et al., 1997).
[0045] While there is a common perception that absence seizures are relatively “easy” to treat, a randomised control trial in patients with childhood absence epilepsy showed that even the most effective anti-epileptic drugs, ethosuximide and valproate, only completely controlled the seizures in 53% and 58% of patients, respectively, at 16 weeks as assessed by video-EEG recordings (Glauser et al., 2010), and 45% and 44% respectively at 12 months (Glauser et al., 2013). Lamotrigine, another antiepileptic drug commonly used to treat absence seizures, only controlled the seizures in 29% of patients at 16 weeks, and 21% of patients at 12 months. Furthermore, both ethosuximide and valproate are commonly associated with intolerable side effects (occurring in 24% of patients treated with either of these drugs) (Glauser et al., 2010), and the latter is now generally considered to be contraindicated in girls and women of childbearing potential. Other treatment options for absence seizures are limited, with only benzodiazepines having established efficacy, and these are commonly poorly tolerated due to sedative and cognitive side effects. Absence seizures persisting into adult life are particularly difficult to treat, with patients often being treated with multiple drugs resulting in significant side-effects without attaining seizure control.
[0046] There is abundant evidence that low threshold (T-type) calcium channels play a role in the generation and maintenance of absence seizures, being a key component of the oscillatory burst firing that occurs in thalamocortical neurones during absence seizures (Pinault and O’Brien, 1997). In some embodiments, the present disclosure is directed towards a method for treating absence seizures with a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as described herein. In some embodiments, the absence seizures are refractory absence seizures. In some embodiments, the absence seizures are refractory to an anti-epileptic drug (e.g., ethosuximide, valproic acid, or lamotrigine).
[0047] In some embodiments, the subject has epilepsy. In some embodiments, the absence seizures are atypical absence seizures. In some embodiments, the absence
seizures comprise adult absence seizures, juvenile absence seizures, or childhood absence seizures.
[0048] In some embodiments, the methods described herein further comprise identifying a subject having absence seizures.
Genetic Epilepsies
[0049] In some embodiments, the epilepsy or epilepsy syndrome is a genetic epilepsy or a genetic epilepsy syndrome. In some embodiments, the epilepsy or epilepsy syndrome is genetic generalized epilepsy. In some embodiments, epilepsy or an epilepsy syndrome comprises epileptic encephalopathy, epileptic encephalopathy with SCN1A, SCN2A, SCN8A mutations, early infantile epileptic encephalopathy, Dravet syndrome, Dravet syndrome with SCN1A mutation, generalized epilepsy with febrile seizures, intractable childhood epilepsy with generalized tonic-clonic seizures, infantile spasms, benign familial neonatal-infantile seizures, SCN2A epileptic encephalopathy, focal epilepsy with SCN3A mutation, cryptogenic pediatric partial epilepsy with SCN3A mutation, SCN8A epileptic encephalopathy, Rasmussen encephalitis, malignant migrating partial seizures of infancy, autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy, KCNQ2 epileptic encephalopathy, and KCNT1 epileptic encephalopathy.
[0050] In some embodiments, the methods described herein further comprise identifying a subject having epilepsy or an epilepsy syndrome (e.g., epileptic encephalopathy, epileptic encephalopathy with SCN1A, SCN2A, SCN8A mutations, early infantile epileptic encephalopathy, Dravet syndrome, Dravet syndrome with SCN1A mutation, generalized Epilepsy with febrile seizures, intractable childhood epilepsy with generalized tonic-clonic seizures, infantile spasms, benign familial neonatal-infantile seizures, SCN2A epileptic encephalopathy, focal epilepsy with SCN3A mutation, cryptogenic pediatric partial epilepsy with SCN3A mutation, SCN8A epileptic encephalopathy, Rasmussen encephalitis, malignant migrating partial seizures of infancy, autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy, KCNQ2 epileptic encephalopathy, and KCNT1 epileptic encephalopathy) prior to administration of a composition described herein.
[0051] In one aspect, disclosed herein is a method of treating epilepsy or an epilepsy syndrome (e.g., epileptic encephalopathy, epileptic encephalopathy with SCN1A, SCN2A, SCN8A mutations, early infantile epileptic encephalopathy, Dravet syndrome, Dravet syndrome with SCN1A mutation, generalized Epilepsy with febrile
seizures, intractable childhood epilepsy with generalized tonic-clonic seizures, infantile spasms, benign familial neonatal-infantile seizures, SCN2A epileptic encephalopathy, focal epilepsy with SCN3A mutation, cryptogenic pediatric partial epilepsy with SCN3A mutation, SCN8A epileptic encephalopathy, Rasmussen encephalitis, malignant migrating partial seizures of infancy, autosomal dominant nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy, KCNQ2 epileptic encephalopathy, and KCNT1 epileptic encephalopathy) comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a composition described herein.
[0052] A composition of the present invention may also be used to treat an epileptic encephalopathy, wherein the subject has a mutation in one or more of ALDH7A1, ALG13, ARHGEF9, ARX, ASAHI, CDKL5, CHD2, CHRNA2, CHRNA4, CHRNB2, CLN8, CNTNAP2, CPA6, CSTB, DEPDC5, DNM1, EEF1A2, EPM2A, EPM2B, GABRA1, GABRB3, GABRG2, GNAO1, GOSR2, GRIN1, GRIN2A, GRIN2B, HCN1, IER3IP1, KCNA2, KCNB1, KCNC1, KCNMA1, KCNQ2, KCNQ3, KCNT1, KCTD7, LGI1, MEF2C, NHLRC1, PCDH19, PLCB1, PNKP, PNPO, PRICKLEI, PRICKLE2, PRRT2, RELN, SCARB2, SCN1 A, SCN1B, SCN2A, SCN8A, SCN9A, SIAT9, SIK1, SLC13A5, SLC25A22, SLC2A1, SLC35A2, SLC6A1, SNIP1, SPTAN1, SRPX2, ST3GAL3, STRADA, STX1B, STXBP1, SYN1, SYNGAP1, SZT2, TBC1D24, and WWOX.
[0053] In some embodiments, the methods described herein further comprise identifying a subject having a mutation in one or more of ALDH7A1, ALG13, ARHGEF9, ARX, ASAHI, CDKL5, CHD2, CHRNA2, CHRNA4, CHRNB2, CLN8, CNTNAP2, CPA6, CSTB, DEPDC5, DNM1, EEF1A2, EPM2A, EPM2B, GABRA1, GABRB3, GABRG2, GNAO1, GOSR2, GRIN1, GRIN2A, GRIN2B, HCN1, IER3IP1, KCNA2, KCNB1, KCNC1, KCNMA1, KCNQ2, KCNQ3, KCNT1, KCTD7, LGH, MEF2C, NHLRC1, PCDH19, PLCB1, PNKP, PNPO, PRICKLEI, PRICKLE2, PRRT2, RELN, SCARB2, SCN1A, SCN1B, SCN2A, SCN8A, SCN9A, SIAT9, SIK1, SLC13A5, SLC25A22, SLC2A1, SLC35A2, SLC6A1, SNIP1, SPTAN1, SRPX2, ST3GAL3, STRADA, STX1B, STXBP1, SYN1, SYNGAP1, SZT2, TBC1D24, WWOX, CACNA1G, CACNA1H, and CACNA1I prior to administration of a composition described herein.
[0054] A composition of the present invention may also be used to treat an epileptic encephalopathy, wherein the subject has a mutation in one or more of ADSL,
ALDH5A1, ALDH7A1, ALG13, ARG1, ARHGEF9, ARX, ATP1A2, ATP1A3, ATRX, BRAT1, C12orf57, CACNA1A, CACNA2D2, CARS2, CASK, CDKL5, CHD2, CHRNA2, CHRNA4, CHRNB2, CLCN4, CLN2 (TPP1), CLN3, CLN5, CLN6, CLN8, CNTNAP2, CSTB, CTSD, DDC, DEPDC5, DNAJC5, DNM1, D0CK7, DYRK1A, EEF1A2, EFHC1, EHMT1, EPM2A, FARS2, F0LR1, FOXG1, FRRS1L, GABBR2, GABRA1, GABRB2, GABRB3, GABRG2, GAMT, GATM, GLRA1, GNA01, GOSR2, GRIN1, GRIN2A, GRIN2B, HCN1, HNRNPU, IER3IP1, IQSEC2, ITPA, JMJD1C, KANSL1, KCNA2, KCNB1, KCNC1, KCNH2, KCNJ10, KCNMA1, KCNQ2, KCNQ3, KCNT1, KCTD7, LGI1, LIAS, MBD5, MECP2, MEF2C, MFSD8, MOCS1, MOCS2, MTOR, NEDD4L, NEXMIF, NGLY1, NHLRC1, NPRL3, NRXN1, PACS1, PCDH19, PIGA, PIGN, PIGO, PLCB1, PNKD, PNKP, PNPO, POLG, PPT1, PRICKLEI, PRIMA1, PRRT2, PURA, QARS, RELN, ROGDI, SATB2, SCARB2, SCN1A, SCN1B, SCN2A, SCN3A, SCN8A, SCN9A, SERPINI1, SGCE, SIK1, SLC12A5, SLC13A5, SLC19A3, SLC25A12, SLC25A22, SLC2A1, SLC35A2, SLC6A1, SLC6A8, SLC9A6, SMC1A, SNX27, SPATA5, SPTAN1, ST3GAL5, STRADA, STX1B, STXBP1, SUOX, SYN1, SYNGAP1, SYNJ1, SZT2, TBC1D24, TCF4, TPK1, TSC1, TSC2, UBE3A, WDR45, WWOX, ZDHHC9, ZEB2, ABAT, ARHGEF15, ATP6AP2, CACNA1H, CACNB4, CASR, CERS1, CNTN2, CPA6, DIAPH1, FASN, GABRD, GAL, GPHN, KCNA1, KCND2, KCNH5, KPNA7, LMNB2, NECAP1, PIGG, PIGQ, PIK3AP1, PRDM8, PRICKLE2, RBFOX1, RBFOX3, RYR3, SCN5A, SETD2, SLC35A3, SNAP25, SRPX2, ST3GAL3, TBL1XR1, AMT, GCSH, GLDC, FLNA, PTEN, and RANBP2.
[0055] In some embodiments, the methods described herein further comprise identifying a subject having a mutation in one or more of ADSL, ALDH5A1, ALDH7A1, ALG13, ARG1, ARHGEF9, ARX, ATP1A2, ATP1A3, ATRX, BRAT1, C12orf57, CACNA1A, CACNA2D2, CARS2, CASK, CDKL5, CHD2, CHRNA2, CHRNA4, CHRNB2, CLCN4, CLN2 (TPP1), CLN3, CLN5, CLN6, CLN8, CNTNAP2, CSTB, CTSD, DDC, DEPDC5, DNAJC5, DNM1, DOCK7, DYRK1A, EEF1A2, EFHC1, EHMT1, EPM2A, FARS2, FOLR1, FOXG1, FRRS1L, GABBR2, GABRA1, GABRB2, GABRB3, GABRG2, GAMT, GATM, GLRA1, GNAO1, GOSR2, GRIN1, GRIN2A, GRIN2B, HCN1, HNRNPU, IER3IP1, IQSEC2, ITPA, JMJD1C, KANSL1, KCNA2, KCNB1, KCNC1, KCNH2, KCNJ10, KCNMA1, KCNQ2, KCNQ3, KCNT1, KCTD7, LGI1, LIAS, MBD5, MECP2, MEF2C, MFSD8, MOCS1, MOCS2, MTOR, NEDD4L, NEXMIF, NGLY1, NHLRC1, NPRL3, NRXN1,
PACS1, PCDH19, PIGA, PIGN, PIGO, PLCB1, PNKD, PNKP, PNPO, POLG, PPT1, PRICKLEI, PRIMA1, PRRT2, PURA, QARS, RELN, ROGDI, SATB2, SCARB2, SCN1A, SCN1B, SCN2A, SCN3A, SCN8A, SCN9A, SERPINI1, SGCE, SIK1, SLC12A5, SLC13A5, SLC19A3, SLC25A12, SLC25A22, SLC2A1, SLC35A2, SLC6A1, SLC6A8, SLC9A6, SMC1A, SNX27, SPATA5, SPTAN1, ST3GAL5, STRADA, STX1B, STXBP1, SUOX, SYN1, SYNGAP1, SYNJ1, SZT2, TBC1D24, TCF4, TPK1, TSC1, TSC2, UBE3A, WDR45, WWOX, ZDHHC9, ZEB2, ABAT, ARHGEF15, ATP6AP2, CACNA1H, CACNB4, CASR, CERS1, CNTN2, CPA6, DIAPH1, FASN, GABRD, GAL, GPHN, KCNA1, KCND2, KCNH5, KPNA7, LMNB2, NECAP1, PIGG, PIGQ, PIK3AP1, PRDM8, PRICKLE2, RBFOX1, RBFOX3, RYR3, SCN5A, SETD2, SLC35A3, SNAP25, SRPX2, ST3GAL3, TBL1XR1, AMT, GCSH, GLDC, FLNA, PTEN, and RANBP2.
[0056] A composition as disclosed herein may also be used to treat an epileptic encephalopathy, wherein the subject has a mutation in one or more of ADSL, ALDH5A1, ALDH7A1, ALG13, ARHGEF9, ARX, ASNS, ATP1A2, ATP1A3, ATP6AP2, ATRX, BRAT1, CACNA1A, CASK, CDKL5, CHD2, CHRNA2, CHRNA4, CHRNA7, CHRNB2, CLCN4, CLN3, CLN5, CLN6, CLN8, CNTNAP2, CSTB, CTNNB1, CTSD (CLN10), CTSF, DDX3X, DEPDC5, DNAJC5 (CLN4B), DNM1, DYRK1A, EEF1A2, EHMT1, EPM2A, FLNA, FOLR1, FOXG1, FRRS1L, GABBR2, GABRA1, GABRB2, GABRB3, GABRG2, GAMT, GATM, GLDC, GNAO1, GOSR2, GRIN1, GRIN2A, GRIN2B, HNRNPU, IQSEC2, KANSL1, KCNA2, KCNB1, KCNC1, KCNH1, KCNJ10, KCNMA1, KCNQ2, KCNQ3, KCNT1, KCTD7 (CLN14), KDM6A, KIAA2022, LGI1, MAGI2, MBD5, MECP2, MEF2C, MFSD8 (CLN7), NALCN, NGLY1, NHLRC1 (EPM2B), NPRL3. NR2F1, NRXN1, PACS1, PCDH19, PIGA PIGO, PIGV, PLCB1, PNKP, PNPO, POLG, PPP2R5D, PPT1 (CLN1), PRRT2, PURA, QARS, SATB2, SCARB2, SCN1A, SCN1B, SCN2A, SCN8A, SLC13A5, SLC19A3, SLC25A22, SLC2A1, SLC6A1, SLC6A8, SLC9A6, SMC1A, SPATA5, SPTAN1, STX1B, STXBP1, SYNGAP1, SZT2, TBC1D24, TBL1XR1, TCF4, TPP1 (CLN2), TSC1, TSC2, UBE3A, WDR45, WWOX, and ZEB2.
[0057] In some embodiments, the methods described herein further comprise identifying a subject having a mutation in one or more of ADSL, ALDH5A1, ALDH7A1, ALG13, ARHGEF9, ARX, ASNS, ATP1A2, ATP1A3, ATP6AP2, ATRX, BRAT1, CACNA1A, CASK, CDKL5, CHD2, CHRNA2, CHRNA4, CHRNA7, CHRNB2, CLCN4, CLN3, CLN5, CLN6, CLN8, CNTNAP2, CSTB, CTNNB1, CTSD
(CLN10), CTSF, DDX3X, DEPDC5, DNAJC5 (CLN4B), DNM1, DYRK1A, EEF1A2, EHMT1, EPM2A, FLNA, FOLR1, FOXG1, FRRS1L, GABBR2, GABRA1, GABRB2, GABRB3, GABRG2, GAMT, GATM, GLDC, GNAO1, GOSR2, GRIN1, GRIN2A, GRIN2B, HNRNPU, IQSEC2, KANSL1, KCNA2, KCNB1, KCNC1, KCNH1, KCNJ10, KCNMA1, KCNQ2, KCNQ3, KCNT1, KCTD7 (CLN14), KDM6A, KIAA2022, LGI1, MAGI2, MBD5, MECP2, MEF2C, MFSD8 (CLN7), NALCN, NGLY1, NHLRC1 (EPM2B), NPRL3. NR2F1, NRXN1, PACS1, PCDH19, PIGA PIGO, PIGV, PLCB1, PNKP, PNPO, POLG, PPP2R5D, PPT1 (CLN1), PRRT2, PURA, QARS, SATB2, SCARB2, SCN1A, SCN1B, SCN2A, SCN8A, SLC13A5, SLC19A3, SLC25A22, SLC2A1, SLC6A1, SLC6A8, SLC9A6, SMC1A, SPATA5, SPTAN1, STX1B, STXBP1, SYNGAP1, SZT2, TBC1D24, TBL1XR1, TCF4, TPP1 (CLN2), TSC1, TSC2, UBE3A, WDR45, WWOX, and ZEB2.
[0058] A composition as disclosed herein may also be used to treat an epileptic encephalopathy, wherein the subject has a mutation in one or more of ALDH7A1, ARHGEF9, ARX, ATP13A2, ATP1A2, CACNA1A, CASK, CDKL5, CHD2, CHRNA2, CHRNA4, CHRNB2, CLN3, CLN5, CLN6, CLN8, CNTNAP2, CRH, CSTB, CTSD, CTSF, DCX, DEPDC5, DNAJC5, DNM1, DYNC1H1, DYRK1A, EEF1A2, EPM2A, FLNA, FOLR1, FOXG1, GABRA1, GABRB3, GABRG2, GAMT, GATM, GNAO1, GOSR2, GRIN1, GRIN2A, GRIN2B, GRN, HCN1, HNRNPU, IQSEC2, KCNA2, KCNC1, KCNJ10, KCNQ2, KCNQ3, KCNT1, KCTD7, KIAA2022, LGH, MECP2, MEF2C, MFSD8, NHLRC1, NRXN1, PCDH19, PIGA, PLCB1, PNKP, PNPO, POLG, PPT1, PRICKLEI, PRRT2, PURA, SCARB2, SCN1A, SCN1B, SCN2A, SCN8A, SIK1, SLC13A5, SLC25A22, SLC2A1, SLC35A2, SLC6A1, SLC9A6, SMC1A, SNAP25, SPTAN1, ST3GAL3, STX1B, STXBP1, SYN1, SYNGAP1, SZT2, TBC1D24, TBL1XR1, TCF4, TPP1, TSC1, TSC2, UBE3A, WDR45, and ZEB2.
[0059] In some embodiments, the methods described herein further comprise identifying a subject having a mutation in one or more of ALDH7A1, ARHGEF9, ARX, ATP13A2, ATP1A2, CACNA1A, CASK, CDKL5, CHD2, CHRNA2, CHRNA4, CHRNB2, CLN3, CLN5, CLN6, CLN8, CNTNAP2, CRH, CSTB, CTSD, CTSF, DCX, DEPDC5, DNAJC5, DNM1, DYNC1H1, DYRK1A, EEF1A2, EPM2A, FLNA, FOLR1, FOXG1, GABRA1, GABRB3, GABRG2, GAMT, GATM, GNAO1, GOSR2, GRIN1, GRIN2A, GRIN2B, GRN, HCN1, HNRNPU, IQSEC2, KCNA2, KCNC1, KCNJ10, KCNQ2, KCNQ3, KCNT1, KCTD7, KIAA2022, LGH, MECP2,
MEF2C, MFSD8, NHLRC1, NRXN1, PCDH19, PIGA, PLCB1, PNKP, PNPO, POLG, PPT1, PRICKLEI, PRRT2, PURA, SCARB2, SCN1A, SCN1B, SCN2A, SCN8A, SIK1, SLC13A5, SLC25A22, SLC2A1, SLC35A2, SLC6A1, SLC9A6, SMC1A, SNAP25, SPTAN1, ST3GAL3, STX1B, STXBP1, SYN1, SYNGAP1, SZT2, TBC1D24, TBL1XR1, TCF4, TPP1, TSC1, TSC2, UBE3A, WDR45, and ZEB2.
Mood Disorders
[0060] Also provided herein are methods of using the compounds disclosed herein for treating a psychiatric disorder such as a mood disorder, for example clinical depression, postnatal depression or postpartum depression, perinatal depression, atypical depression, melancholic depression, psychotic major depression, catatonic depression, seasonal affective disorder, dysthymia, double depression, depressive personality disorder, recurrent brief depression, minor depressive disorder, bipolar disorder or manic depressive disorder, depression caused by chronic medical conditions, treatment-resistant depression, refractory depression, suicidality, suicidal ideation, or suicidal behavior. In some embodiments, the method described herein provides therapeutic effect to a subject suffering from depression (e.g., moderate or severe depression). In some embodiments, the mood disorder is associated with a disease or disorder described herein (e.g., neuroendocrine diseases and disorders, neurodegenerative diseases and disorders (e.g., epilepsy), movement disorders, tremor (e.g., Parkinson’s Disease), women’s health disorders or conditions).
[0061] Clinical depression is also known as major depression, major depressive disorder (MDD), severe depression, unipolar depression, unipolar disorder, and recurrent depression, and refers to a mental disorder characterized by pervasive and persistent low mood that is accompanied by low self-esteem and loss of interest or pleasure in normally enjoyable activities. Some people with clinical depression have trouble sleeping, lose weight, and generally feel agitated and irritable. Clinical depression affects how an individual feels, thinks, and behaves and may lead to a variety of emotional and physical problems. Individuals with clinical depression may have trouble doing day-to-day activities and make an individual feel as if life is not worth living.
[0062] Peripartum depression refers to depression in pregnancy. Symptoms include irritability, crying, feeling restless, trouble sleeping, extreme exhaustion (emotional and/or physical), changes in appetite, difficulty focusing, increased anxiety
and/or worry, disconnected feeling from baby and/or fetus, and losing interest in formerly pleasurable activities.
[0063] Postnatal depression (PND) is also referred to as postpartum depression (PPD) and refers to a type of clinical depression that affects women after childbirth. Symptoms can include sadness, fatigue, changes in sleeping and eating habits, reduced sexual desire, crying episodes, anxiety, and irritability. In some embodiments, the PND is a treatment-resistant depression (e.g., a treatment-resistant depression as described herein). In some embodiments, the PND is refractory depression (e.g., a refractory depression as described herein).
[0064] In some embodiments, a subject having PND also experienced depression, or a symptom of depression, during pregnancy. This depression is referred to herein as perinatal depression. In an embodiment, a subject experiencing perinatal depression is at increased risk of experiencing PND.
[0065] Atypical depression (AD) is characterized by mood reactivity (e.g., paradoxical anhedonia) and positivity, significant weight gain or increased appetite. Patients suffering from AD also may have excessive sleep or somnolence (hypersomnia), a sensation of limb heaviness, and significant social impairment as a consequence of hypersensitivity to perceived interpersonal rejection.
[0066] Melancholic depression is characterized by loss of pleasure (anhedonia) in most or all activities, failures to react to pleasurable stimuli, depressed mood more pronounced than that of grief or loss, excessive weight loss, or excessive guilt.
[0067] Psychotic major depression (PMD) or psychotic depression refers to a major depressive episode, in particular of melancholic nature, where the individual experiences psychotic symptoms such as delusions and hallucinations.
[0068] Catatonic depression refers to major depression involving disturbances of motor behavior and other symptoms. An individual may become mute and stuporose, and either is immobile or exhibits purposeless or bizarre movements.
[0069] Seasonal affective disorder (SAD) refers to a type of seasonal depression wherein an individual has seasonal patterns of depressive episodes coming on in the fall or winter.
[0070] Dysthymia refers to a condition related to unipolar depression, where the same physical and cognitive problems are evident. They are not as severe and tend to last longer (e.g., at least 2 years).
[0071] Double depression refers to fairly depressed mood (dysthymia) that lasts for at least 2 years and is punctuated by periods of major depression.
[0072] Depressive Personality Disorder (DPD) refers to a personality disorder with depressive features.
[0073] Recurrent Brief Depression (RBD) refers to a condition in which individuals have depressive episodes about once per month, each episode lasting 2 weeks or less and typically less than 2-3 days.
[0074] Minor depressive disorder or minor depression refers to a depression in which at least 2 symptoms are present for 2 weeks.
[0075] Bipolar disorder or manic depressive disorder causes extreme mood swings that include emotional highs (mania or hypomania) and lows (depression). During periods of mania the individual may feel or act abnormally happy, energetic, or irritable. They often make poorly thought out decisions with little regard to the consequences. The need for sleep is usually reduced. During periods of depression there may be crying, poor eye contact with others, and a negative outlook on life. The risk of suicide among those with the disorder is high at greater than 6% over 20 years, while self-harm occurs in 30-40%. Other mental health issues such as anxiety disorder and substance use disorder are commonly associated with bipolar disorder.
[0076] Depression caused by chronic medical conditions refers to depression caused by chronic medical conditions such as cancer or chronic pain, chemotherapy, or chronic stress.
[0077] Treatment-resistant depression refers to a condition where the individuals have been treated for depression, but the symptoms do not improve. For example, antidepressants or psychological counseling (psychotherapy) do not ease depression symptoms for individuals with treatment-resistant depression. In some cases, individuals with treatment-resistant depression improve symptoms, but come back. Refractory depression occurs in patients suffering from depression who are resistant to at least one standard pharmacological treatment, including tricyclic antidepressants, MAOIs, SSRIs, and double and triple uptake inhibitors and/or anxiolytic drugs, as well as non-pharmacological treatments (e.g., psychotherapy, electroconvulsive therapy, vagus nerve stimulation and/or transcranial magnetic stimulation).
[0078] Post-surgical depression refers to feelings of depression that follow a surgical procedure (e.g., as a result of having to confront one’ s mortality). For example,
individuals may feel sadness or empty mood persistently, a loss of pleasure or interest in hobbies and activities normally enjoyed, or a persistent feeling of worthlessness or hopelessness.
[0079] Mood disorder associated with conditions or disorders of women’s health refers to mood disorders (e.g., depression) associated with (e.g., resulting from) a condition or disorder of women’s health (e.g., as described herein).
[0080] Suicidality, suicidal ideation, and suicidal behavior refer to the tendency of an individual to commit suicide. Suicidal ideation concerns thoughts about or an unusual preoccupation with suicide. The range of suicidal ideation varies greatly, from e.g., fleeting thoughts to extensive thoughts, detailed planning, role playing, and/or incomplete attempts. Symptoms include talking about suicide, getting the means to commit suicide, withdrawing from social contact, being preoccupied with death, feeling trapped or hopeless about a situation, increasing use of alcohol or drugs, doing risky or self-destructive things, and saying goodbye to people as if they won’t be seen again.
[0081] Symptoms of depression include persistent anxious or sad feelings, feelings of helplessness, hopelessness, pessimism, worthlessness, low energy, restlessness, difficulty sleeping, sleeplessness, irritability, fatigue, motor challenges, loss of interest in pleasurable activities or hobbies, loss of concentration, loss of energy, poor self-esteem, absence of positive thoughts or plans, excessive sleeping, overeating, appetite loss, insomnia, self-harm, thoughts of suicide, and suicide attempts. The presence, severity, frequency, and duration of symptoms may vary on a case-by-case basis. Symptoms of depression, and relief of the same, may be ascertained by a physician or psychologist (e.g., by a mental state examination).
[0082] In some embodiments, the mood disorder is selected from depression, major depressive disorder, bipolar disorder, dysthymic disorder, anxiety disorders, stress, post-traumatic stress disorder, bipolar disorder, and compulsive disorders. In some embodiments, the mood disorder is major depressive disorder.
[0083] In some embodiments, the method comprises monitoring a subject with a known depression scale, e.g., the Hamilton Depression (HAM-D) scale, the Clinical Global Impression-Improvement Scale (CGI), and the Montgomery-Asberg Depression Rating Scale (MADRS). In some embodiments, a therapeutic effect can be determined by reduction in Hamilton Depression (HAM-D) total score exhibited by the subject. The therapeutic effect can be assessed across a specified treatment period. For example, the therapeutic effect can be determined by a decrease from baseline in HAM-
D total score after administering a composition described herein (e.g., 12, 24, or 48 hours after administration; or 24, 48, 72, or 96 hours or more; or 1 day, 2 days, 14 days, 21 days, or 28 days; or 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, or 4 weeks; or 1 month, 2 months, 6 months, or 10 months; or 1 year, 2 years, or for life).
[0084] In some embodiments, the subject has a mild depressive disorder, e.g., mild major depressive disorder. In some embodiments, the subject has a moderate depressive disorder, e.g., moderate major depressive disorder. In some embodiments, the subject has a severe depressive disorder, e.g., severe major depressive disorder. In some embodiments, the subject has a very severe depressive disorder, e.g., very severe major depressive disorder. In some embodiments, the baseline HAM-D total score of the subject (i.e., prior to treatment with a composition described herein), is at least 24. In some embodiments, the baseline HAM-D total score of the subject is at least 18. In some embodiments, the baseline HAM-D total score of the subject is between and including 14 and 18. In some embodiments, the baseline HAM-D total score of the subject is between and including 19 and 22. In some embodiments, the HAM-D total score of the subj ect before treatment with a composition described herein is greater than or equal to 23. In some embodiments, the baseline score is at least 10, 15, or 20. In some embodiments, the HAM-D total score of the subject after treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein is about 0 to 10 (e.g., less than 10; 0 to 10, 0 to 6, 0 to 4, 0 to 3, 0 to 2, or 1.8). In some embodiments, the HAM-D total score after treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein is less than 10, 7, 5, or 3. In some embodiments, the decrease in HAM-D total score is from a baseline score of about 20 to 30 (e.g., 22 to 28, 23 to 27, 24 to 27, 25 to 27, 26 to 27) to a HAM-D total score at about 0 to 10 (e.g., less than 10; 0 to 10, 0 to 6, 0 to 4, 0 to 3, 0 to 2, or 1.8) after treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the decrease in the baseline HAM-D total score to HAM-D total score after treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein is at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 25, 40, or 50). In some embodiments, the percentage decrease in the baseline HAM-D total score to HAM-D total score after treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein is at least 50% (e.g., 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90%). In some embodiments, the therapeutic effect is measured as a decrease in the HAM-D total score after treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein relative to the baseline HAM-D total score.
[0085] In some embodiments, the method of treating a depressive disorder, e.g., major depressive disorder, provides a therapeutic effect (e.g., as measured by reduction in the HAM-D score) within 14, 10, 4, 3, 2, or 1 days, or 24, 20, 16, 12, 10, or 8 hours or less. In some embodiments, the method of treating the depressive disorder, e.g., major depressive disorder, provides a therapeutic effect (e.g., as determined by a statistically significant reduction in HAM-D total score) within the first or second day of the treatment with a composition described herein. In some embodiments, the method of treating the depressive disorder, e.g., major depressive disorder, provides a therapeutic effect (e.g., as determined by a statistically significant reduction in HAM- D total score) within less than or equal to 14 days since the beginning of the treatment with a composition described herein. In some embodiments, the method of treating the depressive disorder, e.g., major depressive disorder, provides a therapeutic effect (e.g., as determined by a statistically significant reduction in HAM-D total score) within less than or equal to 21 days since the beginning of the treatment with a composition described herein. In some embodiments, the method of treating the depressive disorder, e.g., major depressive disorder, provides a therapeutic effect (e.g., as determined by a statistically significant reduction in HAM-D total score) within less than or equal to 28 days since the beginning of the treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the therapeutic effect is a decrease from baseline in HAM-D total score after treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the HAM-D total score of the subject before treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein is at least 24. In some embodiments, the HAM-D total score of the subject before treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein is at least 18. In some embodiments, the HAM-D total score of the subject before treatment with a compound or composition disclosed herein is between and including 14 and 18. In some embodiments, the decrease in HAM-D total score after treating the subject with a compound or composition disclosed herein relative to the baseline HAM-D total score is at least 10. In some embodiments, the decrease in HAM-D total score after treating the subject with a compound or composition disclosed herein relative to the baseline HAM-D total score is at least 15. In some embodiments, the HAM-D total score associated with treating the subject with a compound or composition disclosed herein is no more than a number ranging from 6 to 8. In some embodiments, the HAM-D total score associated with treating the subject with a compound or composition disclosed herein is no more than 7.
[0086] In some embodiments, the method provides therapeutic effect (e.g., as measured by reduction in Clinical Global Impression-Improvement Scale (CGI)) within 14, 10, 4, 3, 2, or 1 days, or 24, 20, 16, 12, 10, or 8 hours or less. In some embodiments, the CNS-disorder is a depressive disorder, e.g., major depressive disorder. In some embodiments, the method of treating the depressive disorder, e.g., major depressive disorder provides a therapeutic effect within the second day of the treatment period. In some embodiments, the therapeutic effect is a decrease from baseline in CGI score at the end of a treatment period (e.g., 14 days after administration).
[0087] A therapeutic effect for major depressive disorder can be determined by a reduction in Montgomery- Asberg Depression Rating Scale (MADRS) score exhibited by the subject. For example, the MADRS score can be reduced within 4, 3, 2, or 1 days; or 96, 84, 72, 60, 48, 24, 20, 16, 12, 10, 8 hours or less. The MADRS is a ten-item diagnostic questionnaire (regarding apparent sadness, reported sadness, inner tension, reduced sleep, reduced appetite, concentration difficulties, lassitude, inability to feel, pessimistic thoughts, and suicidal thoughts) that psychiatrists use to measure the severity of depressive episodes in patients with mood disorders. In some embodiments, the therapeutic effect is a decrease from baseline in MADRS score at the end of a treatment period (e.g., 14 days after administration).
Pain
[0088] The compounds and compositions (i.e., the compounds and compositions of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV)) described herein may be useful in the treatment of pain. In some embodiments, the pain comprises acute pain, chronic pain, neuropathic pain, inflammatory pain, nociceptive pain, central pain (e.g., thalamic pain), or migraine. In some embodiments, the pain comprises acute pain or chronic pain. In some embodiments, the pain comprises neuropathic pain, inflammatory pain, or nociceptive pain. In some embodiments, the pain comprises central pain (e.g., thalamic pain). In some embodiments, the pain comprises migraine.
[0089] In some embodiments, the methods described herein further comprise identifying a subject having pain (e.g., acute pain, chronic pain, neuropathic pain, inflammatory pain, nociceptive pain, central pain (e.g., thalamic pain), or migraine) prior to administration of a dosage form or composition described herein (e.g., a dosage form or composition including a compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II),
Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Tremor
[0090] The methods described herein can be used to treat tremor, for example a compound or composition disclosed herein can be used to treat cerebellar tremor or intention tremor, dystonic tremor, essential tremor, orthostatic tremor, Parkinsonian tremor, physiological tremor, or rubral tremor. Tremor includes hereditary, degenerative, and idiopathic disorders such as Wilson’s disease (hereditary), Parkinson’s disease (degenerative), and essential tremor (idiopathic); metabolic diseases; peripheral neuropathies (associated with Charcot-Mari e-Tooth, Roussy-Levy, diabetes mellitus, complex regional pain syndrome); toxins (nicotine, mercury, lead, carbon monoxide, manganese, arsenic, toluene); drug-induced (neuroleptics tricyclics, lithium, cocaine, alcohol, adrenaline, bronchodilators, theophylline, caffeine, steroids, valproate, amiodarone, thyroid hormones, vincristine); and psychogenic disorders. Clinical tremor can be a neuropathic tremor, and can be classified into physiologic tremor, enhanced physiologic tremor, essential tremor syndromes (including classical essential tremor), primary orthostatic tremor, task- and position-specific tremor, dystonic tremor, parkinsonian tremor, cerebellar tremor, Holmes’ tremor (i.e., rubral tremor), palatal tremor, toxic or drug-induced tremor, and psychogenic tremor. The tremor may be familial tremor.
[0091] In some embodiments, the subjects are selected for treatment with a compound of Formula (IA), Formula (I) or a pharmaceutical composition of a compound of Formula (IA) or Formula (I) due to a clinical diagnosis of essential tremor. In some embodiments, the subjects selected for treatment with a compound of Formula (IA), Formula (I) or a pharmaceutical composition of a compound of Formula (IA) or Formula (I) have essential tremor, but do not have intention tremor.
[0092] Tremor is an involuntary, rhythmic oscillation of one or more body parts (e.g., hands, arms, eyes, face, head, vocal folds, trunk, and/or legs).
[0093] Cerebellar tremor or intention tremor is a slow, broad tremor of the extremities that occurs after a purposeful movement. Cerebellar tremor is caused by lesions in or damage to the cerebellum or pathways resulting from, e.g., tumor, stroke or other focal lesion disease (e.g., multiple sclerosis) or a neurodegenerative disease.
[0094] Dystonic tremor occurs in individuals affected by dystonia, a movement disorder in which sustained involuntary muscle contractions cause twisting and
repetitive motions and/or painful and abnormal postures or positions. Dystonic tremor may affect any muscle in the body. Dystonic tremors occur irregularly and often can be relieved by complete rest or certain sensory maneuvers.
[0095] Essential tremor or benign essential tremor is the most common type of tremor. Essential tremor may be mild and nonprogressive in some, and may be slowly progressive, starting on one side of the body but typically affecting both sides. The hands are most often affected, but the head, voice, tongue, legs, and trunk may also be involved. Tremor frequency may decrease as the person ages, but severity may increase. Heightened emotion, stress, fever, physical exhaustion, or low blood sugar may trigger tremors and/or increase their severity. Symptoms generally evolve over time and can be both visible and persistent following onset.
[0096] Orthostatic tremor is characterized by fast (e.g., greater than 12 Hz) rhythmic muscle contractions that occur in the legs and trunk immediately after standing. Cramps are felt in the thighs and legs and the patient may shake uncontrollably when asked to stand in one spot. Orthostatic tremor may occur in patients with essential tremor.
[0097] Parkinsonian tremor is caused by damage to structures within the brain that control movement. Parkinsonian tremor is typically seen as a “pill-rolling” action of the hands that may also affect the chin, lips, legs, and trunk. Onset of parkinsonian tremor typically begins after age 60. Movement starts in one limb or on one side of the body and can progress to include the other side.
[0098] Rubral tremor is characterized by coarse slow tremor which can be present at rest, at posture, and with intention. The tremor is associated with conditions that affect the red nucleus in the midbrain, such as a stroke.
[0099] In some embodiments, the tremor is selected from essential tremor, Parkinson’s tremor, or Cerebellar tremor.
[00100] The efficacy of the compound or composition disclosed herein for treating essential tremor can be measured by methods known in the art, such as the methods described in the following references: Ferreira, J. J. et al., “MDS Evidence- Based Review of Treatments for Essential Tremor,” Mov. Disord. 2019 Jul; 34(7):950- 958; Elble, R. et al., “Task Force Report: Scales for Screening and Evaluating Tremor,” Mov. Disord. 2013 Nov; 28(13): 1793-800; Deuschi G. et al., “Treatment of patients with essential tremor,” Lancet Neurol. 2011; 10: 148-61; and Reich S. G. et al.,
“Essential Tremor,” Med. Clin. N. Am. 2019; 103:351-356. The disclosures of the references are herein incorporated in their entirety.
[00101] In some embodiments, the methods described herein result in at least 25% reduction in the upper limb tremor score, wherein the tremor score may be converted to amplitude, as compared to a baseline. For example, in certain embodiments, the methods described herein result in about 40% mean reduction in tremor amplitude as measured by The Essential Tremor Rating Assessment Scale (TETRAS) upper limb score, described, for example, in Elble, R.J., “The Essential Tremor Rating Assessment Scale,” J. Neurol. Neuromed. 2016; l(4):34-38. In some embodiments, the methods described herein result in at least 25% reduction in TETRAS performance score as compared to the baseline. In some embodiments, the methods described herein result in at least 35% average reduction in symptom severity as compared to the baseline, as measured by TETRAS performance score.
Ataxia
[00102] Ataxia, including both cerebellar ataxia and spinal ataxia (e.g., posterior spinal ataxia), generally involves the loss or failure of coordination. Patients exhibiting ataxia may have difficulty regulating the force, range, direction, velocity, and rhythm involved in posture, balance, and limb movement. Ataxia of the trunk, for example, can result in increased postural sway, and an inability to maintain the center of gravity over the base of support. Ataxia and primary or secondary symptoms of ataxic gait and tremor of the limbs may be accompanied by speech disturbance, dysphagia, abnormal ventilation and speech, and involuntary eye movements, dystonia, pyramidal or extrapyramidal symptoms, thereby substantially interfering with the activities of daily life.
[00103] As noted above, ataxia may result from a wide range of underlying diseases and conditions in a patient, including cerebellar and neurodegenerative disorders and diseases resulting from chronic or long-term exposure to toxins. Symptoms of ataxia may result from a wide range of diseases, disorders, and environmental factors, including infectious diseases, metabolic diseases, neurodegenerative diseases, genetic diseases, vascular diseases, neoplastic diseases, demyelinating diseases, neuromuscular diseases, and diseases resulting from long-term or chronic exposure to toxins (including drugs and alcohol), among a variety of others; in one embodiment, for example, the ataxia is the result of a metabolic disease, a neurodegenerative disease, a vascular disease, a neuromuscular disease, or a disease
resulting from long-term or chronic exposure to toxins. Diseases, disorders, syndromes, and conditions that may result in ataxic symptoms that may be treated according to the methods described herein include, but are not limited to, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, benign paroxysmal positional vertigo, cerebellar ataxia type 1 (autosomal recessive), cerebellar ataxias (autosomal recessive), cerebellar ataxias (dominant pure), cerebellar cortical atrophy, cerebellar degeneration (subacute), cerebellar dysfunction, cerebellar hypoplasia, cerebellar hypoplasia (endosteal sclerosis), cerebellar hypoplasia (tapetoretinal degeneration), cerebelloparenchymal autosomal recessive disorder 3, cerebelloparenchymal disorder V, cerebellum agenesis (hydrocephaly), cerebral amyloid angiopathy (familial), cerebral palsy, demyelinating disorder, dorsal column conditions, dysautonomia, dysequilibrium syndrome, dysethesis, endocrine diseases, diseases caused by chronic exposure to toxins (e.g., alcohol, drugs, antiepileptics, neuroleptics), Fragile X/Tremor ataxia syndrome, Friedreich’s ataxia, frontal lobe dysfunction, genetic diseases, granulomatous angiitis of the central nervous system, Hallervorden-Spatz disease, hereditary motor and sensory neuropathy, hydrocephalus (e.g., low or normal pressure), hypotonia, congenital nystagmus, ataxia and abnormal auditory brainstem response, infantile onset spinocerebellar ataxia, Machado- Joseph disease, Meniere’s disease, metabolic disorders, Miller Fisher Syndrome, Minamata disease, multiple sclerosis, muscular dystrophy, Myoclonus-ataxia, neurodegenerative diseases, olivopontocerebellar atrophy, paraneoplastic disorders, parkinsonism (atypical), peroneal muscular atrophy, phenyloin toxicity, posterior column ataxia with retinitis pigmentosa, post-polio syndrome, severe damage to the brain (caused by, e.g., head injury, brain surgery, multiple sclerosis or cerebral palsy, chronic alcohol/drug abuse, chronic exposure to toxins, viral infections, or brain tumor), spastic hemiparesis, spastic paraplegia 23, spastic paraplegia glaucoma precocious puberty, SPG, spinocerebellar ataxia, spinocerebellar ataxia (amyotrophy — deafness), spinocerebellar ataxia (dysmorphism), spinocerebellar ataxia 11, spinocerebellar ataxia 17, spinocerebellar ataxia 20, spinocerebellar ataxia 25, spinocerebellar ataxia 29, spinocerebellar ataxia 42, spinocerebellar ataxia 3, spinocerebellar ataxia (autosomal recessive 1), spinocerebellar ataxia (autosomal recessive 3), spinocerebellar ataxia (autosomal recessive 4), spinocerebellar ataxia (autosomal recessive 5), spinocerebellar ataxia (autosomal recessive, with axonal neuropathy), spinocerebellar ataxia (Machado- Joseph type II), spinocerebellar ataxia (X-linked, 2), spinocerebellar ataxia (X-linked, 3), spinocerebellar ataxia (X-linked, 4), spinocerebellar degenerescence
(book type), stroke (e.g., acute or hemorrhagic), vertebral artery dissection, vertebral- basilar insufficiency, and diseases caused by vitamin deficiencies, among a variety of others. In one embodiment, the ataxia is the result of a disease selected from Spinocerebellar ataxia, Friedriech's ataxia, and fragile X/tremor ataxia syndrome. In another particular embodiment, the ataxia is the result of Spinocerebellar ataxia or Fragile X/tremor ataxia syndrome.
Tinnitus
[00104] Methods of treating tinnitus in a subject in need thereof are provided herein and comprise administering a compound or composition as disclosed herein. Tinnitus is a condition in which those affected perceive sound in one or both ears or in the head when no external sound is present. Often referred to as “ringing” in the ears, tinnitus can occur intermittently or consistently with a perceived volume ranging from low to painfully high. However, the perceived volume of tinnitus can vary from patient to patient where an objective measure of tinnitus volume in one patient may be perceived as painful while, in another patient, the same volume may be perceived as subtle.
Sleep Disorders
[00105] Methods of treating or preventing sleep disorder (e.g., narcolepsy) comprising administering a compound or composition disclosed herein are provided herein. For example, a sleep disorder may be a central disorder of hypersomnolence, narcolepsy type I, narcolepsy type II, idiopathic hypersomnia, Kleine-Levin syndrome, hypersomnia due to a medical disorder, hypersomnia due to a medication or substance, hypersomnia associated with a psychiatric disorder, insufficient sleep syndrome, circadian rhythm sleep-wake disorders, delayed sleepwake phase disorder, advanced sleep-wake phase disorder, irregular sleep-wake rhythm, non-24-hour sleep-wake rhythm disorder, shift work disorder, jet lag disorder, or circadian rhythm sleep-wake disorder not otherwise specified (NOS).
Combination Therapy
[00106] In another aspect, a compound or composition (/.< ., a compound or composition of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (II), Formula (IIA), Formula (III), or Formula (IV)) described herein (e.g., for use in modulating a T-type calcium ion channel) may be administered in combination with at least one other agent or therapy. A subject to be administered a compound or composition disclosed herein may have a disease, disorder, or condition, or at least one symptom thereof, that would
benefit from treatment with another agent or therapy. In certain embodiments, these diseases or conditions can relate to epilepsy or an epilepsy syndrome (e.g., absence seizures, juvenile myoclonic epilepsy, or a genetic epilepsy) or tremor (e.g., essential tremor).
Antiepilepsy Agents
[00107] Anti-epilepsy agents include brivaracetam, carbamazepine, clobazam, clonazepam, diazepam, divalproex, eslicarbazepine, ethosuximide, ezogabine, felbamate, gabapentin, lacosamide, lamotrigine, levetiracetam, lorazepam, midazolam, oxcarbezepine, permpanel, phenobarbital, phenytoin, pregabalin, primidone, rufinamide, tigabine, topiramate, valproic acid, vigabatrin, and zonisamide.
Analgesics
[00108] Analgesics are therapeutic agents that are used to relieve pain. Examples of analgesics include opiates and morphinomimetics, such as fentanyl and morphine; paracetamol; NSAIDs, and COX-2 inhibitors. Given the ability of the compounds disclosed herein to treat pain via inhibition of T-type calcium channels (e.g., Cav3.1, Cav3.2, and Cav3.3), combination with analgesics are particularly envisioned.
Tremor Medications
[00109] Tremor medications include propranolol, primidone, clonazepam, diazepam, lorazepam, alprazolam, gabapentin, topiramate, midazolam, atenolol, klonopin, alprazolam, nebivolol, carbidopa/levodopa, clonazepam, hydrochlorothiazide/metoprolol, gabapentin enacarbil, labetalol, lactulose, lamotrigine, metoprolol, nadolol, hydrochlorothiazide, and zonisamide.
[00110] The present disclosure will be more fully understood by reference to the following Examples.
EXAMPLES
[00111] In order that the embodiments described herein may be more fully understood, the following examples are set forth. The synthetic and biological examples described in this application are offered to illustrate the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods provided herein and are not to be construed in any way as limiting their scope.
[00112] In the Examples that follow, purification by chromatography refers to purification using the Biotage® Isolera™ One purification system. Where
products were purified using a Santai® SepaFlash™ Irregular Silica, “Santai SepaFlash™ Irregular Silica” refers to a pre-packed polypropylene column containing unbonded activated silica with irregular particles with average size of 40-63 pm and nominal 60 A porosity. Fractions containing the required product (identified by TLC and/or LCMS analysis) were pooled, the organic fraction recovered by evaporation, to give the final product. Where thin layer chromatography (TLC) has been used, it refers to silica-gel TLC plates, typically 3 x 6 cm silica-gel on glass plates with a fluorescent indicator (254 nm), (e.g., UV-III). Microwave experiments were carried out using a Biotage Initiator-i-, which uses a single-mode resonator and dynamic field tuning. Temperatures from 40-300 °C can be achieved, and pressures of up to 30 bar can be reached.
[00113] Reactions were not carried out under an inert atmosphere unless specified, and all solvents and commercial reagents were used as received. Building blocks of the described compounds were provided by an external supplier or prepared by standard synthetic methods.
[00114] NMR spectra were obtained on a Bruker Ascend™ 400 MHz, 5mm BBFO probe H, C, F, P, single Z gradient, two channel instrument running TopSpin 4.1.
[00115] Compound names were standardly generated using the Structure to Name function in ChemDraw Professional 20.
[00116] Abbreviations:
CD3OD Deuterated methanol
CDCl3 Deuterated chloroform
DBU 1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
DCM Di chloromethane
DIPEA N,N-Diisopropylethylamine
DMF N,N-Dim ethylformami de
DMSO Dimethylsulfoxide
DMSO-d6 Deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide-d6
DPPA Diphenylphosphoryl azide
FA Formic acid
HATU 2-(7-Azabenzotriazol-l-yl)-N,N,N’,N’-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
K2CO3 Potassium carbonate
MeCN Acetonitrile
MeOH Methanol
PE Petroleum ether
TFA Tri fluoroacetic acid
THF Tetrahydrofuran
Analytical HPLC Conditions
[00117] Method la included the following conditions:
UPLC AN ACID, Apparatus: Waters IClass; Bin. Pump: UPIBSM, SM: UPISMFTN with SO; UPCMA, PDA: UPPDATC, 210-320 nm, MS: QDA ESI, pos/neg 100-800; column: Waters XSelect CSHC18, 50x2.1mm, 2.5pm, Temp: 40°C, Flow: 0.6 mL/min, Gradient: t0 == 5% B, 12, 0min == 98% B, t2.7min 9==8% B, Post time: 0.3 min, Eluent A: 0.1% formic acid in water, Eluent B: 0.1% formic acid in acetonitrile.
[00118] Method lb included the following conditions: UPLC_AN_BASE, Apparatus: Waters IClass; Bin. Pump: UPIBSM, SM: UPISMFTN with SO; UPCMA, PDA: UPPDATC, 210-320 nm, MS: QDA ESI, pos/neg 100-800; column: Waters XSelect CSH C18, 50x2, 1mm, 2.5pm, Temp: 25°C, Flow: 0.6 mL/min, Gradient: t0 = 5% B, t2.0min = 98% B, t2.7min = 98% B, Post time: 0.3 min, Eluent A: 10mM ammonium bicarbonate in water (pH=9.5), Eluent B: acetonitrile.
[00119] Method 2a included the following conditions: UPLC AN ACID, Apparatus: Waters IClass; Bin. Pump: UPIBSM, SM: UPISMFTN with SO; UPCMA, PDA: UPPDATC, 210-320 nm, SQD: ACQ-SQD2 ESI; ELSD: gas pressure 40 psi, drift tube temp: 50°C; column: Waters XSelect CSH C18, 50x2.1mm, 2.5pm, Temp: 40°C, Flow: 0.6 mL/min, Gradient: t0 ~ 5% B, t2.0min ~ 98% B, t2.7min = 98% B, Post time: 0.3 min, Eluent A: 0.1% formic acid in water, Eluent B: 0.1% formic acid in acetonitrile.
[00120] Method 2b included the following conditions: UPLC , AN BASF, Apparatus: Waters IClass; Bin, Pump: UPIBSM, SM: UPISMFTN with SO; UPCMA, PDA: UPPDATC, 210-320 nm, SQD: ACQ-SQD2 ESI; ELSD: gas pressure 40 psi, drift, tube temp: 50°C; column: Waters XSelect CSH C 18, 50x2.1mm, 2.5pm, Temp: 25°C, Flow: 0.6 mL/min, Gradient: t0 = 5% B, t2.0min = 98% B, t2.7min = 98% B, Post time: 0.3 min, Eluent A: lOmM ammonium bicarbonate in water (pH=9.5), Eluent B: acetonitrile.
[00121] Method 3 included the following conditions: LCMS_AN_BASE, Apparatus: Agilent 1260 Bin. Pump: G7112B, Multisampler,
Column Comp, DAD: Agilent G7115A, 210, 220 and 220-320 nm, PDA: 210-320 nm, MSD: Agilent LC/MSD G6130B ESI, pos/neg 100-1000, Column: Waters XSelect™ CSH C 18, 50x2.1 mm, 3.5 pm, Temp: 25 °C, Flow: 0.8 mL/min, Gradient: t0 = 5% B, t4,5min == 98% B, t6min == 98% B, Post time: 2 min, Eluent A: 10mM ammonium bicarbonate in water (pH=9.5), Eluent B: acetonitrile.
[00122] Method 4a included the following conditions: UPLC AN ACID, Apparatus: Agilent Infinity II; Bin. Pump: G7120A, Multisampler, VTC, DAD: Agilent G7117B, 220-320 nm, PDA: 210-320 nm, MSD: Agilent G6135B ESI, pos/neg 100-1000, ELSD G7102A: Evap 40°C, Neb 40°C, gas flow 1.6 ml/min, Column: Waters XSelect CSH C18, 50x2.1 mm, 2.5 pm, Temp: 40°C, Flow: 0.6 mL/min, Gradient: t0 == 5% B, 12min == 98% B, t2.7min == 98% B, Post time: 0.3 min, Eluent A: 0.1% formic acid in water, Eluent B: 0. 1% formic acid in acetonitrile.
[00123] Method 4b included the following conditions: UPLC_AN_BASE, Apparatus: Agilent Infinity II; Bin. Pump: G7120A, Multi sampler, VTC, DAD: Agilent G7117B, 220-320 nm, PDA: 210-320 nm, MSD: Agilent G6135B ESI, pos/neg 100-1000, ELSD G7102A: Evap 40°C, Neb 50°C, gas flow 1.6 ml/min, Column: Waters XSelect CSH Cl 8, 50x2.1 mm, 2.5 pm, Temp: 25°C, Flow: 0.6 mL/min, Gradient: t0 ~ 5% B, t2min == 98% B, t2.7min = 98% B, Post time: 0.3 min, Eluent A: 10 mM ammonium bicarbonate in water (pH=9.5), Eluent B: acetonitrile.
[00124] Method 5 included the following conditions: LCMS AN ACID, Apparatus: Agilent 1260 Bin. Pump: G7112B, Multisampler, Column Comp, DAD: Agilent G7115A, 210, 220 and 220-320 nm, PDA: 210-320 nm, MSD: Agilent LC/MSD G6130B ESI, pos/neg 100-1000, ELSD Alltech 3300 gas flow 1.5 ml/min, gas temp: 40°C; column: Waters XSelect™ C18, 50x2.1mm, 3.5pm, Temp: 40 °C, Flow: 0.8 mL/min, Gradient: t1 1 5% B, t4.5min = 98% B, t6min == 98% B, Post time: 2 min; Eluent A: 0.1% formic acid in water, Eluent B: 0.1% formic acid in acetonitrile.
[00125] Method 6 included the following conditions: LCMS_AN_BASE, Apparatus: Agilent 1260 Bin. Pump: G1312B, degasser; autosampler, ColCom, DAD: Agilent. G1315C, 210, 220 and 220-320 nm, PDA 210- 320 nm, MSD: Agilent LC/MSD G6130B ESI, pos/neg 100-1000; column: Waters XSelect™ CSH C18, 50x2.1mm, 3.5pm, Temp: 25 °C, Flow: 0.8 mL/min, Gradient: t0 == 5% B, t3.5min = 98% B, t6min == 98% B, Post time: 2 min, Eluent A: 10mM ammonium bicarbonate in water (pH=9.0), Eluent B: acetonitrile.
[00126] Method 7 included the following conditions: LCMS SC BASE: Apparatus: Agilent 1260 Infinity II, 1260 G7112B Bin. Pump, 1260 G7167A Multisampler, 1260 MCT G7116A Column Comp. 1260 G7115A DAD (210, 220 and 210-320nm), PDA (210-320nm), G6130B MSD (ESI pos/neg) mass range 90-1500, Column: XSelect CSH C18 (30x2.1mm 3.5p), Flow: 1 ml/min, Column temp: 25°C, Eluent A: lOmM Ammonium bicarbonate in water (pH 9.5), Eluent B: Acetonitrile, Gradient: t=0 min 5% B, t=l .6 min 98% B, t=3 min 98% B, Post run: 1.2 min.
[00127] Method 8 included the following conditions: UPLC SC BASE, Apparatus: Waters IClass; Bin. Pump: UPIBSM, SM: UPISMFTN with SO; UPCMA, PDA: UPPDATC, 210-320 nm, SQD: ACQ-SQD2 ESI; ELSD: gas pressure 40 psi, drift tube temp: 50°C; column: Waters XSelect CSH C18, 50x2.1mm, 2.5pm, Temp: 25°C, Flow: 0.6 mL/min, Gradient: t0 = 5% B, tl.3min = 98% B, tl.7min = 98% B, Post time: 0.3 min, Eluent A: lOmM ammonium bicarbonate in water (pH=9.5), Eluent B: acetonitrile.
[00128] Method 9 included the following conditions: UPLC SC BASE, Apparatus: Waters IClass; Bin. Pump: UPIBSM, SM: UPISMFTN with SO; UPCMA, PDA: UPPDATC, 210-320 nm, SQD: MS: QDA ESI, pos/neg 100-800; column: Waters XSelect CSH C18, 50x2.1mm, 2.5pm, Temp: 25°C, Flow: 0.6 mL/min, Gradient: t0 = 5% B, tl.3min = 98% B, tl.7min = 98% B, Post time: 0.3 min, Eluent A: lOmM ammonium bicarbonate in water (pH=9.5), Eluent B: acetonitrile.
[00129] Method 10 included the following conditions: SC_ACID.M, Instrument: Agilent 1260 Infinity II, 1260 G7112B Bin. Pump, 1260 G7167A Multisampler, 1260 MCT G7116A Column Comp. 1260 G7115A DAD (210, 220 and 210-320 nm), PDA (210-320 nm), G6130B MSD (ESI pos/neg) mass range 90-1500, Alltech 3300 ELSD (Neb temp. 50°C, gas flow 1.3 ml/min), Column: XSelect CSH C18 (30x2.1mm 3.5p) Flow: 1 ml/min, Column temp.: 40°C, Eluent A: 0.1% Formic acid in Water, Eluent B: 0.1% Formic acid in Acetonitrile, Gradient: t=0 min 5% B, t=1.6 min 98% B, t=3 min 98% B, Postrun: 1.3 min.
Analytical HNMR Conditions: HNMR: BRUK.ER 400, Temp: 25 °C.
Representative Example for the Preparation of Cyclohexyl Diamine Building Blocks
Procedure 1 - Preparation of diamine building block 1-3
[00130] Step 1 - To a stirred reaction mixture of tert-butyl ((lr,4r)-4- aminocyclohexyl)carbamate (1-1, 7 g, 32.6 mmol) and 3-chloro-5-fluorobenzoic acid (7.4 g, 42.46 mmol) in pyridine was added EDCI (12.5 g, 65.3 mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 16 hours, the reaction mixture was poured into water (100 mL), and the product was extracted with EtOAc (80 mL x 2). The combined organic extract was washed with 1 N HC1 (6 x 80 mL), followed by sat aqueous sodium bicarbonate (80 x 2 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude tert-butyl ((lr,4r)-4-(3-chloro-5-fluorobenzamido)cyclohexyl)carbamate (1-2, 8.5 g, 22.9 mmol) was used as is without further purification.
[00131] Step 2 - To the stirred reaction mixture of crude tert-butyl ((lr,4r)-4-(3-chloro-5-fluorobenzamido)cyclohexyl)carbamate (1-2, 8.5 g, 22.9 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane was added HC1 (4 N) in 1,4-di oxane. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 16 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting crude solid (lr,4r)-4-(3-chloro-5- fluorobenzamido)cyclohexan-l-aminium;chloride (1-3, 6.5 g, 21.2 mmol) was used as is without further purification. Note: the exact number of HC1 was not determined. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.50 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (bs, 3H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.64 (m, 2H), 3.71 (m, 1H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 1.94 (m, 4H), 1.40 (m, 4H).
[00132] The following diamine building blocks were synthesized adapting the above procedure:
[00133] (lr,4r)-4-(2-phenylacetamido)cyclohexan-l-aminium;chloride
[00134] (lr,4r)-4-(2-(3-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)acetamido)cyclohexan-l- aminium;chloride (1-5) 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.14 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (s, 3H), 7.29 (dt, J = 8.8, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (t, J= 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (dt, J = 9.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.47-3.40 (m, 3H), 3.01-2.90 (m, 1H), 1.99 - 1.89 (m, 2H), 1.87 - 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.44 - 1.30 (m, 2H), 1.29 - 1.15 (m, 2H). MS obsd. (ESI+): [(M+H) +]: 239.3, Method 8.
Procedure 2 - General protocol for the reductive amination of di-amine building blocks 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, and 1-6
[00136] The diamine (0.1-0.2 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in di chloromethane (4 mL), followed by addition of diisopropyl ethylamine (2.5 equiv.) and aldehyde (1.2 equiv.). After 1 hour, sodium tri acetoxyb or ohydri de (3 equiv.) was added. After stirring for 18 hours at room temperature, another batch of sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.5 equiv.) was added. The reaction was stirred for 18 hours, and the solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 2 ml DMSO/
NH3 (7N) methanol (10: 1) and purified by means of preparative LCMS.
[00137] The products prepared and resultant analytical data is shown below in Table 1.
[00138] Inhibition of the T-type voltage gated calcium channel (Cav3.1) was evaluated using a HEK-293 natClytin/TASKl+Cav3.1 cell line. Currents were recorded using the SyncroPatch 384PE automated, patch clamp system. Pulse generation and data collection were performed with PatchController384 VI.3.0 and DataController384 VI.2.1 (Nanion Technologies). Off-line analysis was performed using Excel and Graphpad Prism (V 8.4.2) with complete data files uploaded to Dotmatics. The access resistance and apparent membrane capacitance were estimated
using built-in protocols. Current was recorded in whole cell configuration from a population of cells. The cells were lifted, triturated, and resuspended at 800,000 cells/ml. The cells were allowed to recover in the cell hotel prior to experimentation. Currents were recorded at room temperature. The external solution contained the following (in mM): NaCl 80, NMDG 60, KC1 4, MgCl2 1, CaCl2 6, glucose 5 and HEPES 10 (pH = 7.4, Osmolarity -300 mOsm). The extracellular solution was used as the wash, reference and compound delivery solution. The internal solution contained the following (in mM): CsF 110, CsCl 10, NaCl 10, EGTA 10, HEPES 10 (pH = 7.2, Osmolarity -295 mOsm). The compound plate was created at 2x concentrated in the extracellular solution. The compound was diluted to 1 :2 when added to the recording well. The amount of DMSO in the extracellular solution was held constant at the level used for the highest tested concentration. For the voltage clamp experiments on Cav3.1 , data were sampled at 10 KHz. After establishment of the seal and the passage in the whole cell configuration, the cells were held at -120 mV. Cav3.1 current was evoked using a 100 ms step to -20 mV (to measure resting state block), followed by a 1600 ms step to -65 mV and a second 100 ms step to -20 mV (to measure voltage dependent block). The voltage protocol was applied every 15 seconds in the absence and in the presence of the compounds under investigation. 2.5 mM Nickel was used to completely inhibit Cav3.1 current to allow for offline subtraction of non-Cav3.1 current. Current amplitude (pA) was measured in the peak 1 and 2. The average of last 3 sweeps of each liquid period (vehicle, compound under investigation, full block) was calculated. Nickel-sensitive current was used to calculate the % of inhibition in the presence of the compound under investigation. In the Table 1 below, the human Cav3.1 IC50 is indicated by either A (<1 μM), B (1 μM - <10 μM), or C (>10 μM).
[00141] Example 1: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.39 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dt, J = 8.6, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 3.71 (m, 1H), 3.00 (s, 2H), 2.27 (s, 2H), 1.84 (m, 4H), 1.32 (m, 2H), 1.27 (s, 9H), 1.10 (m, 2H).
[00142] Example 3: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.41 (d, J = 7.8
Hz, 1H), 7.79 - 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.67 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 3.75 - 3.64 (m, 1H), 2.56 - 2.52 (m,
1H), 2.37 - 2.27 (m, 1H), 1.96 - 1.77 (m, 4H), 1.41 - 1.25 (m, 4H), 1.21 (s, 1H), 1.12 - 0.98 (m, 2H), 0.88 (s, 9H).
[00143] Example 6: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.38 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 - 7.73 (m, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J = 9.0, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 7.37 - 7.26 (m, 4H), 7.25 - 7.17 (m, 1H), 3.78 - 3.65 (m, 3H), 2.34 (t, J = 11.1 Hz, 1H), 2.01 - 1.88 (m, 3H), 1.88
- 1.78 (m, 2H), 1.31 (qd, J = 12.9, 3.1 Hz, 2H), 1.20 - 1.05 (m, 2H).
[00144] Example 8: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.94 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.32 - 7.16 (m, 5H), 3.50 - 3.38 (m, 1H), 3.35 (s, 2H), 2.71 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.42 - 2.26 (m, 3H), 1.89 - 1.80 (m, 2H), 1.80 - 1.70 (m, 2H), 1.65 (s, 1H), 1.17 (qd, J = 12.9, 3.1 Hz, 2H), 1.07 - 0.93 (m, 2H).
[00145] Example 10: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.57 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.35 - 7.24 (m, 4H), 7.23 - 7.16 (m, 1H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.52 - 3.40 (m, 1H), 2.35 - 2.23 (m, 1H), 1.93 - 1.82 (m, 5H), 1.78 - 1.69 (m, 2H), 1.69 - 1.53 (m, 6H), 1.25 - 0.98 (m, 7H), 0.94 - 0.80 (m, 2H).
[00146] Example 11: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.86 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.51 - 7.44 (m, 2H), 7.22 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.51 - 3.41 (m, 1H), 2.32 - 2.22 (m, 1H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 1.88 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 4H), 1.83 - 1.67 (m, 3H), 1.67 - 1.53 (m, 6H), 1.24 - 0.98 (m, 7H), 0.86 (q, J = 11.6 Hz, 2H).
[00147] Example 12: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.57 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 6.77 - 6.71 (m, 2H), 4.24 - 4.15 (m, 4H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 3.50 - 3.41 (m, 1H), 2.31 - 2.20 (m, 1H), 1.93 - 1.76 (m, 5H), 1.76 - 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.68 - 1.54 (m, 6H), 1.25 - 0.96 (m, 7H), 0.93 - 0.79 (m, 2H).
[00148] Example 13: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.51 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 8.42 (dd, J = 4.7, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (dt, J = 7.9, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J = 7.8, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 3.76 - 3.68 (m, 2H), 3.50 - 3.39 (m, 1H), 2.32
- 2.23 (m, 1H), 2.04 (s, 1H), 1.93 - 1.83 (m, 4H), 1.73 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 2H), 1.60 (t, J = 10.5 Hz, 6H), 1.24 - 1.01 (m, 7H), 0.86 (q, J = 12.1 Hz, 2H).
[00149] Example 14: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.59 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (dd, 2H), 3.51 - 3.39 (m, 1H), 3.30 - 3.19 (m, 2H), 2.37 (s, 2H), 2.29 - 2.18 (m, 1H), 1.88 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.84 (d, J = 12.5 Hz, 2H), 1.72 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, 2H), 1.68 - 1.55 (m, 8H), 1.55 - 1.46 (m, 1H), 1.29 (s, 1H), 1.24 - 1.05 (m, 7H), 1.05
- 0.93 (m, 2H), 0.93 - 0.80 (m, 2H).
[00150] Example 17: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.39 (d, J = 7.8
Hz, 1H), 7.76 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J = 9.0, 1.7 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (t, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H),
7.36 - 7.24 (m, 3H), 3.78 - 3.65 (m, 3H), 2.33 (tq, J = 10.8, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 2.01 - 1.89 (m, 2H), 1.84 (dt, J = 13.4, 3.8 Hz, 2H), 1.31 (m, 2H), 1.19 - 1.05 (m, 2H).
[00151] Example 18: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 6 7.48 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.39 - 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.21 (dt, J = 8.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.01 - 3.88 (m, 1H), 3.71 (d, J = 1.0 Hz, 2H), 2.59 - 2.49 (m, 1H), 2.13 (d, J = 10.4 Hz, 2H), 2.04 (d, J = 10.7 Hz, 2H), 1.37 (s, 9H), 1.36 - 1.20 (m, 4H).
[00152] Example 19: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 67.54 - 7.33 (m, 6H), 7.21 (dt, J = 8.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.82 - 6.47 (m, 1H), 5.82 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.01 - 3.85 (m, 3H), 2.57 - 2.46 (m, 1H), 2.20 - 2.01 (m, 4H), 1.39 - 1.20 (m, 4H).
[00153] Example 20: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 7 δ.49 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.39 - 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.21 (dt, J = 8.1, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 5.81 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.00 - 3.86 (m, 1H), 2.66 - 2.59 (m, 2H), 2.52 - 2.41 (m, 1H), 2.18 - 2.09 (m, 2H), 2.05 - 1.97 (m, 2H), 1.41 - 1.35 (m, 2H), 1.35 - 1.20 (m, 4H), 0.91 (s, 9H).
[00154] Example 21: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 6 7.48 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.38 - 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.21 (dt, J = 8.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.16 - 7.09 (m, 2H), 6.87 - 6.81 (m, 2H), 5.80 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.97 - 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.87 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.74 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.50 - 2.39 (m, 1H), 2.15 - 2.07 (m, 2H), 2.01 - 1.94 (m, 2H), 1.32 - 1.17 (m, 4H).
[00155] Example 22: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.42 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (formic acid, s, 0.5H), 7.79 - 7.71 (m, 2H), 7.67 - 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 3.79 - 3.66 (m, 3H), 2.01 (d, J = 12.2 Hz, 2H), 1.87 (d, J = 11.8 Hz, 2H), 1.49 (s, 9H), 1.35 (q, J = 12.2 Hz, 2H), 1.20 (q, J = 12.2 Hz, 2H).
[00156] Example 23: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.41 - 8.34 (m, 1H), 7.76 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.66 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.44 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 - 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.83 - 3.65 (m, 3H), 2.38 - 2.28 (m, 1H), 1.94 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 2H), 1.83 (d, J = 12.5 Hz, 2H), 1.30 (q, J = 11.9 Hz, 2H), 1.13 (q, J = 12.0 Hz, 2H).
[00157] Example 24: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.42 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (formic acid,s, 0.5H), 7.76 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.68 - 7.60 (m, 2H), 3.79 - 3.65 (m, 1H), 2.57 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.03 - 1.92 (m, 3H), 1.86 (d, J = 12.5 Hz, 2H), 1.78 - 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.63 - 1.42 (m, 4H), 1.35 (q, J = 12.2 Hz, 2H), 1.26 - 1.11 (m, 4H).
[00158] Example 25: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.39 (d, J = 7.8
Hz, 1H), 7.76 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.67 - 7.58 (m, 2H), 3.77 - 3.63 (m, 1H), 2.50 - 2.54
(m, 2H), 2.37 - 2.24 (m, 1H), 1.95 - 1.75 (m, 4H), 1.72 - 1.54 (m, 5H), 1.43 - 0.96 (m, 10H), 0.96 - 0.77 (m, 2H).
[00159] Example 26: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.49 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (dt, J = 8.8, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (dt, J = 8.1, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.98 - 3.86 (m, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.16 - 2.06 (m, 2H), 2.04 - 1.95 (m, 2H), 1.26 (dt, J = 9.0, 6.3 Hz, 6H), 0.87 - 0.77 (m, 9H).
[00160] Example 27: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.48 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (dt, J = 8.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (dt, J = 8.2, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.00 - 3.85 (m, 1H), 2.39 (s, 2H), 2.38 - 2.30 (m, 1H), 2.16 - 2.07 (m, 2H), 2.02
- 1.94 (m, 2H), 1.86 - 1.75 (m, 1H), 1.54 (s, 6H), 1.33 - 1.19 (m, 6H), 0.83 (s, 6H).
[00161] Example 28: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.49 (t, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (dt, J = 8.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (dt, J = 8.1, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.00 - 3.82 (m, 3H), 3.75 (q, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 3.35 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 2.72 - 2.58 (m, 2H), 2.51 - 2.40 (m, 1H), 2.28 - 2.18 (m, 1H), 2.17 - 1.95 (m, 5H), 1.63 - 1.47 (m, 3H), 1.35 - 1.18 (m, 4H).
[00162] Example 29: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMS0-d6) δ 12.29 (s, 1H), 8.41 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.68 - 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.42 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.10 - 6.80 (m, 1H), 3.80 - 3.63 (m, 3H), 2.46 - 2.35 (m, 1H), 2.03 - 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.84 (d, J = 12.6 Hz, 2H), 1.43
- 1.24 (m, 2H), 1.20 - 1.05 (m, 2H).
[00163] Example 30: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMS0-d6) δ 8.46 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (formic acid, s, 1H), 7.77 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J = 9.0, 1.6 Hz, 2H), 3.79 - 3.64 (m, 1H), 2.75 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.65 - 2.57 (m, 1H), 1.99 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 2H), 1.91 - 1.82 (m, 2H), 1.42 - 1.29 (m, 4H), 1.28 - 1.18 (m, 2H), 0.76 - 0.66 (m, 1H), 0.44 - 0.37 (m, 2H), 0.08 - 0.01 (m, 2H).
[00164] Example 31: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.39 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.70 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 3.81 - 3.61 (m, 1H), 2.59 - 2.54 (m, 2H), 2.40 - 2.25 (m, 1H), 2.06 - 1.87 (m, 4H), 1.87 - 1.69 (m, 6H), 1.55 - 1.42 (m, 1H), 1.40 - 1.27 (m, 4H), 1.22 - 0.94 (m, 4H).
Representative Example for the Preparation of Cyclopentyl Diamine Building Block
Procedure 1
[00165] Step 1. To a mixture of tert-butyl ((lS,3S)-3- aminocyclopentyl)carbamate (800 mg, 3.99 mmol) and 3-chloro-5-fluoro-benzoic acid (697 mg, 3.99 mmol) in pyridine (40.0 mL) was added EDC1 (1.53 g, 7.99 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirring at 2 5°C for 2 hours, the resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with 1 M HC1 (100 mL), aq. NaHCO3 (100 mL), and brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to give crude tert-butyl ((lS,3S)-3-(3-chloro-5-fluorobenzamido)cyclopentyl)carbamate (II-2, 986 mg, 2.62 mmol, 65.6% yield, 98.6% purity) as a yellow solid. The crude product was used as is without further purification.
[00166] Step 2. To a solution of tert-butyl ((lS,3S)-3-(3-chloro-5- fluorobenzamido)cyclopentyl)carbamate (986 mg, 2.66 mmol) in 1,4-Dioxane (10.0 mL) was added 4 M HCl/dioxane (40.0 mL, 2.66 mmol) at 25 °C. After stirring at 25 °C for 2 hours, EtOAc (30 mL) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at 25 °C for 16 hours. The mixture was filtered, and the residue was washed with EtOAc (5.0 mL) and lyophilized to give (lS,3S)-3-(3-chloro-5-fluorobenzamido)cyclopentan-l- aminium chloride (1520.3 mg, 5.16 mmol, 84.6% yield, 99.5% purity) as a white solid. Note: The exact equivalents of HCl were not determined. (DMSO-d6400 MHz) δ= 8.64 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (br s, 3H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.69-7.62 (m, 2H), 4.47-4.38 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.65 (m, 1H), 2.17-1.93 (m, 4H), 1.71-1.48 (m, 2H).
[00168] (lR,3S)-3-(3-chloro-5-fluorobenzamido)cyclopentan-l- aminium chloride (II-4). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6400 MHz) δ= 8.95 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H),
8.22 (br s, 3H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.80-7.74 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.61 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.40 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.31 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.58 (m, 5H).
[00169] (lS,3R)-3-(3-chloro-5-fluorobenzamido)cyclopentan-l-aminium chloride (II-5). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6400 MHz) 5 = 8.90 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (br s, 3H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.82-7.72 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.61 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.22 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.40 (m, 1H), 2.40- 2.31 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.58 (m, 5H).
[00170] (lR,3R)-3-(3-chloro-5-fluorobenzamido)cyclopentan-l- aminium chloride (II-6). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6400 MHz) δ= 8.76 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (br s, 3H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.73-7.68 (m, 1H), 7.64-7.60 (m, 1H), 4.45-4.40 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.63 (m, 1H), 2.17-1.95 (m, 4H), 1.66-1.58 (m, 2H).
[00171] (1 S,3 S)-3 -(3 -chi oro-5-fluorobenzamido)cy cl opentan- 1 - aminium chloride (II-7). 1 H NMR (DMSO-d6400 MHz) δ= 8.64 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (br s, 3H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.69-7.62 (m, 2H), 4.47-4.38 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.65 (m, 1H), 2.17-1.93 (m, 4H), 1.71-1.48 (m, 2H).
[00172] (lR,3S)-3-benzamidocyclopentan-l-aminium chloride (II-8). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6400 MHz) δ= 8.72 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (br s, 3H), 7.95-7.90 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.41 (m, 3H), 4.35-4.25 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.43 (m, 1H), 2.45-2.28 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.80 (m, 4H), 1.74-1.68 (m, 1H).
[00173] ( 1 S,3S)-3-benzamidocyclopentan- l -aminium chloride (II-9). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6400 MHz) δ= 8.45 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (br s, 3H), 7.88-7.83 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.43 (m, 2H), 4.53-4.40 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.61 (m, 1H), 2.17- 2.05 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.55 (m, 2H).
[00174] (lS,3R)-3-(2-(3-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)acetamido)cyclopentan- 1-aminium chloride (11-10) 1H NMR (DMSO-d6400 MHz) δ= 8.74 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (br s, 3H), 7.32-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.16-7.10 (m, 1H), 4.07-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.48 (s, 3H), 2.35-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.86 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.57 (m, 1H), 1.56-1.46 (m, 1H).
[00175] (lR,3S)-3-(2-(3-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)acetamido)cyclopentan- 1-aminium chloride (11-11). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6400 MHz) δ= 8.74-8.60 (m, 1H), 8.17 (br s, 3H), 7.32-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.16-7.10 (m, 1H), 4.07-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.44 (s, 3H), 2.35-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.46 (m, 5H).
[00176] (lS,3S)-3-(2-(3-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)acetamido)cyclopentan- 1-aminium chloride (11-12). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6400 MHz) δ= 8.29 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (br s, 3H), 7.32-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.12-7.05 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.13 (m, 1H), 3.63-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.43 (s, 2H), 2.10-1.74 (m, 4H), 1.53-1.38 (m, 2H).
[00177] (lR,3R)-3-(2-(3-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)acetamido)cyclopentan- 1-aminium (11-13). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6400 MHz) δ = 8.44 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (br s, 3H), 7.31-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.14-7.07 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.10 (m, 1H), 3.66- 3.55 (m, 1H), 3.45 (s, 2H), 2.12-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.75 (m, 1H), 1.61-1.50 (m, 1H), 1.49-1.39 (m, 1H).
[00178] (lS,3S)-3-(2-phenylacetamido)cyclopentan-l-aminium chloride (11-14). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6400 MHz) δ= 8.29 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (br s, 3H), 7.32-7.19 (m, 5H), 4.23-4.11 (m, 1H), 3.59 (s, 1H), 3.38 (s, 2H), 2.10-1.75 (m, 4H), 1.56-1.39 (m, 2H).
[00179] (lS,3S)-3-(2-cyclohexylacetamido)cyclopentan-l-aminium chloride (11-15). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6400 MHz) 6= 8.03 (br s, 3H), 7.89 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.21-4.12 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.54 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.56 (m, 14H), 1.23-1.02 (m, 3H), 0.92-0.84 (m, 2H).
Representative Example for the Preparation of Cyclopentyl Diamine Building Blocks
[00180] Step 1. To a stirred mixture of tert-butyl ((1S,3S)-3- aminocyclopentyl)carbamate (125 mg, 0.62 mmol) and 4,6-dichloroquinazoline (136 mg, 0.69 mmol) in acetonitrile (2 mL) was added potassium carbonate (119 mg, 1.56 mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was heated to 90 °C. After about 12 hours, to the mixture was added DCM, and it was washed with sat. aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to give crude tert-butyl ((lS,3S)-3-((6-
chloroquinazolin-4-yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate (11-16, 110 mg, 0.29 mmol). The crude product was used as is without further purification. MS obsd. (ESI+): [(M+H) +]: 363.1, Method 7.
[00181] Step 2. Tert-butyl ((lS,3S)-3-((6-chloroquinazolin-4- yl)amino)cyclopentyl)carbamate (11-16) (192 mg, 0.53 mmol) was dissolved in 1,4- Dioxane (5 ml) and hydrochloric acid (4N) in dioxane (2.65 ml, 10.6 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature. The solvent was removed under vacum, and the residue was coevaporated with toluene and dichloromethane to obtain (lS,3S)-3-((6-chloroquinazolin-4-yl)amino)cyclopentan-l- aminium chloride (11-17, 176 mg). The crude product was used as is without additional purification. MS obsd. (ESI+): [(M+H) +]: 263.1, Method 7.
[00182] (lS,3S)-3-((6-chloro-2-methylquinazolin-4- yl)amino)cyclopentan-l-aminium (11-18), shown below, was prepared adapting Procedure 2.
[00183] (lS,3S)-3-((6-chloro-2-methylquinazolin-4- yl)amino)cyclopentan-l-aminium chloride (11-18). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 14.91 (s, 1H), 10.20 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.97 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.20 - 8.10 (m, 3H), 8.04 (td, J = 8.4, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.91 - 7.80 (m, 1H), 4.99 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.32 - 2.08 (m, 4H), 1.92 - 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.74-1.64 (m, 1H). MS obsd. (ESI+): [(M+H) +]: 277.1, Method 7.
[00185] The diamine, represented by 1-19(0.1-0.2 mmol, 1 equiv.) was dissolved in dichloromethane (4 mL), followed by addition of diisopropylethylamine (2.5 equiv.) and aldehyde (1.2 equiv.). After 1 hour, sodium tri acetoxyb orohydri de (3 equiv.) was added. After stirring for 18 hours at room temperature, another batch of sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.5 equiv.) was added. The reaction was stirred for 18 hours, and the solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 2 ml DMSO/ NH3 (7N) methanol (10: 1) and purified by means of preparative LCMS. In certain embodiments, no intermediates from Procedure 1 or Procedure 2 described above were characterized, and reactions were carried directly to Procedure 3. Only final targets, and not intermediates, were characterized.
[00186] The products prepared and resultant analytical data is shown below in Table 2.
[00187] Inhibition of the T-type voltage gated calcium channel (Cav3.1) was evaluated using a HEK-293 natClytin/TASKl+Cav3.1 cell line. Currents were recorded using the SyncroPatch 384PE automated, patch clamp system. Pulse generation and data collection were performed with PatchController384 VI.3.0 and DataController384 VI.2.1 (Nanion Technologies). Off-line analysis was performed using Excel and Graphpad Prism (V 8.4.2) with complete data files uploaded to Dotmatics. The access resistance and apparent membrane capacitance were estimated using built-in protocols. Current was recorded in whole cell configuration from a population of cells. The cells were lifted, triturated, and resuspended at 800,000 cells/ml. The cells were allowed to recover in the cell hotel prior to experimentation. Currents were recorded at room temperature. The external solution contained the following (in mM): NaCl 80, NMDG 60, KC1 4, MgCl2 1, CaCl2 6, glucose 5 and HEPES 10 (pH = 7.4, Osmolarity -300 mOsm). The extracellular solution was used as the wash, reference and compound delivery solution. The internal solution contained the following (in mM): CsF 110, CsCl 10, NaCl 10, EGTA 10, HEPES 10 (pH = 7.2, Osmolarity -295 mOsm). The compound plate was created at 2x concentrated in the extracellular solution. The compound was diluted to 1 :2 when added to the recording well. The amount of DMSO in the extracellular solution was held constant at the level
used for the highest tested concentration. For the voltage clamp experiments on Cav3.1 , data were sampled at 10 KHz. After establishment of the seal and the passage in the whole cell configuration, the cells were held at -120 mV. Cav3.1 current was evoked using a 100 ms step to -20 mV (to measure resting state block), followed by a 1600 ms step to -65 mV and a second 100 ms step to -20 mV (to measure voltage dependent block). The voltage protocol was applied every 15 seconds in the absence and in the presence of the compounds under investigation. 2.5 mM Nickel was used to completely inhibit Cav3.1 current to allow for offline subtraction of non-Cav3.1 current. Current amplitude (pA) was measured in the peak 1 and 2. The average of last 3 sweeps of each liquid period (vehicle, compound under investigation, full block) was calculated. Nickel-sensitive current was used to calculate the % of inhibition in the presence of the compound under investigation. In the Table 2 below, the human Cav3.1 IC50 is indicated by either A (<1 μM), B (1 μM - <10 μM), or C (>10 μM).
[001] 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ data for Examples 38, 40, 47, 49, 50, 74, and 76-117 were as follows:
[002] Example 38: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.48 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.66 - 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.45 - 7.40 (m, 1H), 7.38 - 7.25 (m, 3H), 4.38 (h, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 3.24 - 3.15 (m, 1H), 2.10 - 1.99 (m, 1H), 1.99 - 1.88 (m, 1H), 1.87 - 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.57 - 1.35 (m, 2H).
[003] Example 40: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.49 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.67 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 4.36 (p, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.13 (p, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 2.97 (s, 2H), 2.09 - 1.98 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.76 - 1.59 (m, 4H), 1.57 - 1.45 (m, 1H), 1.39 - 1.28 (m, 1H), 1.21 (s, 6H), 0.77 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H).
[004] Example 47: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6 δ) 8.07 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.42 - 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.35 - 7.23 (m, 4H), 7.19 - 7.14 (m, 1H), 7.10 - 7.03 (m,
1H), 4.11 (h, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 3.40 (s, 2H), 3.09 (p, 1H), 2.19 (s, 1H), 2.02
- 1.90 (m, 1H), 1.90 - 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.74 - 1.64 (m, 1H), 1.59 - 1.49 (m, 1H), 1.39 - 1.25 (m, 2H).
[005] Example 49: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.87 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33 - 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.19 - 7.13 (m, 1H), 7.11 - 7.03 (m, 1H), 7.03 - 6.95 (m, 1H), 6.95 - 6.88 (m, 1H), 6.25 - 6.20 (m, 1H), 4.12 (h, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 3.39 (s, 2H), 3.14 (p, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 2.12 (s, 1H), 2.02 - 1.83 (m, 2H), 1.75 - 1.65 (m, 1H), 1.61 - 1.51 (m, 1H), 1.40 - 1.26 (m , 2H).
[006] Example 50: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.66 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (h, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.07 (p, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 2.46 - 2.38 (m, 2H), 1.95 - 1.78 (m, 4H), 1.68 - 1.46 (m, 8H), 1.34 - 1.00 (m, 8H), 0.87 (s, 11H).
[007] Example 74: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6 δ) 8.06 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (dt, J = 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.23 - 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.10 - 7.03 (m, 1H), 6.92 - 6.84 (m, 2H), 6.80 - 6.73 (m, 1H), 4.11 (h, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.61 (s, 2H), 3.40 (s, 2H), 3.10 (p, 1H), 2.07 - 1.78 (m, 3H), 1.74 - 1.64 (m, 1H), 1.59 - 1.48 (m, 1H), 1.39 - 1.25 (m, 2H).
[008] Example 76: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.49 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (q, J = 1.6 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (ddt, J = 8.9, 7.2, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 4.36 (h, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 2H), 3.24 (p, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 2.09 - 1.89 (m, 2H), 1.84 - 1.69 (m, 2H), 1.57 - 1.44 (m, 1H), 1.39 (dtd, J = 13.9, 8.0, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 1.30 (s, 9H).
[009] Example 78: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.53 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 7.77 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.67 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 4.35 (p, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.36 (q, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.55 (dd, J = 8.9, 6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.35 - 2.23 (m, 1H), 2.09
- 1.95 (m, 4H), 1.92 - 1.72 (m, 4H), 1.65 - 1.41 (m, 6H).
[0010] Example 79: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.48 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.76 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (ddq, J = 8.7, 4.4, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 7.49
- 7.33 (m, 3H), 7.22 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.39 (p, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 3.24 - 3.14 (m, 1H), 2.10 - 1.88 (m, 2H), 1.87 - 1.69 (m, 2H), 1.57 - 1.35 (m, 2H).
[0011] Example 80: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.49 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.76 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.66 - 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.19 - 6.82 (m, 1H), 4.39 (h, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.76 (s, 2H), 3.25 - 3.17 (m, 1H), 2.10 - 1.89 (m, 2H), 1.89 - 1.70 (m, 2H), 1.57 - 1.38 (m, 2H).
δ [0012] Example 81: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.55 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dt, J = 8.6, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 7.38 - 7.24 (m, 4H), 4.36 - 4.27 (m, 1H), 3.48 (s, 2H), 3.04 (q, J = 7.9 Hz, 1H), 2.04 (s, 4H), 1.95 - 1.84 (m, 2H), 1.79 (ddd, J = 13.1, 7.9, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 1.64 - 1.46 (m, 2H).
[0013] Example 82: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.46 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.79 - 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.63 (tt, J = 8.6, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (h, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.12 (p, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 2.36 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.33 - 2.23 (m, 1H), 2.06 - 1.94 (m, 3H), 1.94 - 1.72 (m, 3H), 1.72 - 1.65 (m, 2H), 1.63 - 1.52 (m, 2H), 1.52 - 1.43 (m, 3H), 1.35 - 1.24 (m, 1H).
[0014] Example 83: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.48 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79 - 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.67 - 7.60 (m, 2H), 4.35 (h, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 3.22 (p, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 2.08 - 1.98 (m, 1H), 1.98 - 1.82 (m, 2H), 1.82 - 1.67 (m, 2H), 1.56 - 1.44 (m, 1H), 1.42 - 1.32 (m, 1H), 1.30 (s, 9H).
[0015] Example 84: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.51 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (formic acid, s, 1H), 7.77 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (m, 2H), 4.36 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.64 - 3.46 (m, 4H), 3.31 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.49 - 2.40 (m, 3H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.91 - 1.76 (m, 3H), 1.60 (dd, J = 13.2, 3.7 Hz, 2H), 1.57 - 1.38 (m, 2H), 1.12 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 6H), 1.08 - 0.90 (m, 3H).
[0016] Example 85: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.43 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.60 - 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.51 - 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.31 (dt, J = 9.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (h, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.13 (p, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 2.36 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.09 - 1.86 (m, 5H), 1.86 - 1.64 (m, 7H), 1.56 - 1.40 (m, 3H), 1.38 - 1.26 (m, 1H), 1.20 - 1.10 (m, 2H).
[0017] Example 86: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.60 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 8.02 - 7.95 (m, 1H), 7.91 - 7.84 (m, 1H), 4.37 (h, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (p, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 2.36 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.10 - 1.86 (m, 4H), 1.86 - 1.64 (m, 6H), 1.58 - 1.40 (m, 3H), 1.39 - 1.27 (m, 1H), 1.21 - 1.06 (m, 2H).
[0018] Example 87: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.55 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (d, J = 9.7 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.68 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 4.37 (p, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.31 (m, 2H), 2.81 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, 1H), 2.07 (dd, J = 11.8, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 1.95 - 1.81 (m, 2H), 1.55 (s, 2H), 0.85 (s, 9H).
[0019] Example 88: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.48 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79 - 7.73 (m, 1H), 7.67 - 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.44 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.40 - 7.31
(m, 2H), 7.23 - 7.16 (m, 1H), 4.38 (h, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 3.16 (p, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 2.27 (s, 1H), 2.10 - 1.98 (m, 1H), 1.97 - 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.85 - 1.66 (m, 2H), 1.56 - 1.44 (m, 1H), 1.44 - 1.33 (m, 1H).
[0020] Example 89: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.52 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (formic acid, s, 1H), 7.95 - 7.87 (m, 2H), 7.77 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.67 - 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.46 - 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.32 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 4.46 - 4.33 (m, 1H), 3.77 (s, 2H), 3.41 - 3.31 (m, 1H), 2.11 - 1.94 (m, 2H), 1.94 - 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.60 - 1.41 (m, 2H).
[0021] Example 90: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.49 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (formic acid, s, 0H), 7.76 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.67 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 4.43 - 4.30 (m, 1H), 3.17 - 3.09 (m, 1H), 2.96 (s, 2H), 2.09 - 1.98 (m, 1H), 1.96 - 1.83 (m, 1H), 1.77 - 1.64 (m, 2H), 1.58 - 1.45 (m, 1H), 1.39 - 1.30 (m, 1H), 1.27 (s, 9H).
[0022] Example 91: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.52 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.94 - 7.89 (m, 1H), 7.87 - 7.80 (m, 1H), 7.60 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.26 - 6.95 (m, 1H), 4.36 (h, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (p, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 2.36 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.07 - 1.86 (m, 4H), 1.86 - 1.77 (m, 3H), 1.77 - 1.64 (m, 3H), 1.57 - 1.40 (m, 3H), 1.39 - 1.27 (m, 1H), 1.21 - 1.06 (m, 2H).
[0023] Example 92: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.79 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.53 - 8.46 (m, 2H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 4.40 (h, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.15 (p, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 2.37 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.12 - 1.87 (m, 4H), 1.87 - 1.65 (m, 6H), 1.60 - 1.40 (m, 3H), 1.40 - 1.29 (m, 1H), 1.21 - 1.06 (m, 2H).
[0024] Example 93: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.40 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.91 - 7.85 (m, 1H), 7.83 - 7.76 (m, 1H), 7.61 - 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.48 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (h, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.13 (p, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 2.36 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.07 - 1.86 (m, 4H), 1.86 - 1.76 (m, 3H), 1.76 - 1.64 (m, 3H), 1.57 - 1.40 (m, 3H), 1.37 - 1.26 (m, 1H), 1.21 - 1.06 (m, 2H).
[0025] Example 94: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.51 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (t, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.34 (h, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.13 (p, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 2.36 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.07 - 1.85 (m, 4H), 1.85 - 1.76 (m, 3H), 1.76 - 1.64 (m, 3H), 1.57 - 1.39 (m, 3H), 1.38 - 1.26 (m, 1H), 1.20 - 1.06 (m, 2H).
[0026] Example 95: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.92 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.76 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.58 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (t, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.36
(h, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (p, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 2.36 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.09 - 1.86 (m, 4H), 1.86 - 1.76 (m, 3H), 1.76 - 1.64 (m, 3H), 1.60 - 1.40 (m, 3H), 1.39 - 1.27 (m, 1H), 1.21 - 1.06 (m, 2H).
[0027] Example 96: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.49 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (formic acid, s, 1H), 7.79 - 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.67 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 4.41 - 4.27 (m, 1H), 3.87 (d, J = 11.4 Hz, 1H), 3.40 - 3.19 (m, 3H), 2.56 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.11 - 1.87 (m, 2H), 1.82 - 1.70 (m, 3H), 1.61 - 1.28 (m, 6H), 1.27 - 1.10 (m, 1H).
[0028] Example 97: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.47 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (ddt, J = 7.6, 6.0, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (h, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.21 - 3.06 (m, 1H), 2.45 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.30 - 1.84 (m, 8H), 1.75 - 1.58 (m, 3H), 1.48 (p, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H), 1.41 - 1.25 (m, 2H).
[0029] Example 98: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.44 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (t, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.65 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.55 (s, 4H), 4.28 (h, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.24 - 3.11 (m, 3H), 2.01 - 1.80 (m, 3H), 1.71 - 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.50 - 1.38 (m, 1H), 1.32 - 1.20 (m, 1H).
[0030] Example 99: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.63 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.47 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (h, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (p, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 2.36 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.06 - 1.86 (m, 4H), 1.86 - 1.64 (m, 6H), 1.59 - 1.40 (m, 3H), 1.38 - 1.27 (m, 1H), 1.21 - 1.07 (m, 2H).
[0031] Example 100: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.69 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.53 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (dd, J = 8.8, 3.1 Hz, 2H), 7.88 (dd, J = 9.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (h, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 3.17 (p, J = 5.9 Hz, 1H), 2.37 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.12 - 1.90 (m, 4H), 1.88 - 1.54 (m, 8H), 1.48 (s, 1H), 1.42 - 1.30 (m, 1H), 1.22 - 1.07 (m, 2H).
[0032] Example 101 : 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.20 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.71 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.54 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J = 9.0, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (h, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.16 (p, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 2.38 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.12 - 1.88 (m, 4H), 1.88 - 1.65 (m, 6H), 1.60 - 1.41 (m, 3H), 1.40 - 1.28 (m, 1H), 1.22 - 1.07 (m, 2H).
[0033] Example 102: 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.38 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.28 - 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.00 (dt, J = 10.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.36 (h, J =
7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.34 (p, 1H), 2.55 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 2.09 - 1.93 (m, 4H), 1.92 - 1.67 (m, 6H), 1.67 - 1.40 (m, 3H), 1.26 - 1.11 (m, 2H).
[0034] Example 103: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.48 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (ddt, J = 7.8, 6.2, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.35 (h, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (q, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 2.85 (td, J = 14.6, 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.58 (dd, J = 16.7, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 2.09 - 1.84 (m, 3H), 1.71 (tdd, J = 9.4, 4.4, 2.1 Hz, 4H), 1.64 - 1.41 (m, 7H), 1.34 (dtd, J = 13.9, 8.0, 5.8 Hz, 1H).
[0035] Example 104: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.49 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.70 - 7.51 (m, 2H), 4.35 (h, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.23 - 3.10 (m, 1H), 2.46 (s, 2H), 2.13 - 1.89 (m, 4H), 1.89 - 1.69 (m, 4H), 1.69 - 1.43 (m, 6H), 1.43 - 1.28 (m, 1H), 1.28 - 1.19 (m, 1H).
[0036] Example 105: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.28 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.75 - 7.68 (m, 2H), 7.15 - 7.09 (m, 2H), 4.35 (h, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.27 (p, 1H), 2.06 - 1.91 (m, 5H), 1.87 - 1.65 (m, 6H), 1.64 - 1.36 (m, 3H), 1.17 (q, J = 13.9 Hz, 2H), 1.04 - 0.95 (m, 2H), 0.75 - 0.68 (m, 2H).
[0037] Example 106: 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 δ.32 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.85 - 7.78 (m, 2H), 7.53 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.35 (h, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (p, 1H), 2.45 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.07 - 1.92 (m, 4H), 1.87 - 1.65 (m, 6H), 1.57 - 1.44 (m, 2H), 1.44 - 1.30 (m, 3H), 1.23 - 1.08 (m, 4H).
[0038] Example 107: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.51 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.67 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (h, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.19 (p, J = 6.1 Hz, 1H), 2.38 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.20 - 2.08 (m, 1H), 2.05 - 1.90 (m, 3H), 1.89 - 1.42 (m, 9H), 1.42 - 1.31 (m, 1H), 1.22 - 1.08 (m, 2H).
[0039] Example 108: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.45 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 4.71 (h, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.19 (p, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.39 (dd, J = 6.6, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 2.19 - 2.09 (m, 1H), 2.06 - 1.90 (m, 3H), 1.89 - 1.42 (m, 9H), 1.42 - 1.30 (m, 1H), 1.22 - 1.08 (m, 2H).
[0040] Example 109: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.49 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.80 - 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.68 - 7.58 (m, 2H), 4.37 (h, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.67 (s, 2H), 3.23 (p, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 2.09 - 1.99 (m, 1H), 1.99 - 1.89 (m, 1H), 1.84 - 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.57 - 1.45 (m, 1H), 1.45 - 1.32 (m, 1H).
[0041] Example 110: 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 8.49 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.79 - 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.67 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 4.36 (h, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 3.62 - 3.47 (m, 4H), 3.39 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.21 - 3.11 (m, 1H), 2.09 - 1.97 (m, 3H), 1.97 - 1.83 (m, 4H), 1.82 - 1.64 (m, 2H), 1.57 - 1.45 (m, 1H), 1.43 - 1.31 (m, 1H).
[0042] Example 111: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.52 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.80 - 7.73 (m, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.63 - 7.56 (m, 1H), 4.35 (h, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.18 - 3.08 (m, 1H), 2.36 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.08 - 1.87 (m, 4H), 1.87 - 1.76 (m, 3H), 1.75 - 1.65 (m, 3H), 1.57 - 1.40 (m, 3H), 1.38 - 1.27 (m, 1H), 1.19 - 1.06 (m, 2H).
[0043] Example 112: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.52 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.79 - 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.67 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 4.34 - 4.22 (m, 1H), 3.06 (p, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.89 - 2.78 (m, 2H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.08 - 1.97 (m, 1H), 1.93 - 1.84 (m, 1H), 1.83 - 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.61 - 1.48 (m, 1H), 1.43 - 1.34 (m, 1H), 1.27 (s, 9H).
[0044] Example 113: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.96 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.13 - 7.02 (m, 2H), 7.02 - 6.94 (m, 2H), 4.06 (h, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.28 (s, 2H), 3.06 (p, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 2.32 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.04 - 1.36 (m, 13H), 1.36 -
1.19 (m, 2H), 1.11 (qd, J = 12.9, 3.2 Hz, 2H), 0.98 - 0.83 (m, 2H), 0.68 - 0.55 (m, 2H).
[0045] Example 114: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 87.98 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.01 - 6.86 (m, 3H), 4.07 (h, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.29 (s, 2H), 3.07 (p, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 2.33 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.04 - 1.37 (m, 13H), 1.37 -
1.20 (m, 2H), 1.19 - 1.04 (m, 2H), 0.98 - 0.85 (m, 2H), 0.69 - 0.55 (m, 2H).
[0046] Example 115: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.48 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (ddt, J = 7.9, 6.1, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 4.34 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 4.22 (q, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 3.18 (p, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 2.74 - 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.67 - 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.07 - 1.86 (m, 2H), 1.82 - 1.44 (m, 10H), 1.39 - 0.95 (m, 6H).
[0047] Example 116: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMS0-d6) δ 8.48 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.80 - 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.68 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 4.34 (h, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.91 - 3.80 (m, 1H), 3.64 - 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.21 - 3.10 (m, 1H), 2.60 - 2.52 (m, 2H), 2.19 - 2.08 (m, 1H), 2.08 - 1.86 (m, 3H), 1.86 - 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.75 - 1.64 (m, 2H), 1.60 - 1.39 (m, 3H), 1.38 - 1.26 (m, 1H).
[0048] Example 117: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMS0-d6) δ 8.47 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.80 - 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.67 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 4.33 (h, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.18 - 3.06
(m, 1H), 2.06 - 1.64 (m, 10H), 1.55 - 1.39 (m, 3H), 1.38 - 1.21 (m, 4H), 1.20 - 1.06 (m, 2H).
[0049] Example 118: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMS0-d6) δ 9.62 - 9.52 (m, 1H), 9.07 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.41 - 8.22 (m, 1H), 4.43 (h, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (p, J = 5.9 Hz, 1H), 2.35 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.06 - 1.87 (m, 4H), 1.85 - 1.54 (m, 8H), 1.51 - 1.40 (m, 1H), 1.39 - 1.28 (m, 1H), 1.21 - 1.07 (m, 2H).
Procedure 1 - Preparation of diamine building block III-3
[0050] Step 1. To a solution of tert-butyl tert-butyl ((lr,3r)-3- aminocyclobutyl)carbamate (1.50 g, 8.05 mmol) in pyridine (75.0 mL) was added 3- chloro-5-fluoro-benzoic acid (1.41 g, 8.05 mmol) and EDCI (3.09 g, 16.1 mmol) at 0 °C. After stirring at 25 °C for 2 hours, the mixture was poured into H2O (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (300 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with HC1 (1 M, 200 mL), saturated aqueous Na2HCO3 solution (200 mL) and brine (200 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuum to give crude tert-butyl ((lr,3r)-3-(3-chloro-5-fluorobenzamido)cyclobutyl)carbamate (III-2, 2.0 g, 5.78 mmol). 1H NMR δ= 8.87 (br d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.69-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.28 (br d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.40-4.31 (m, 1H), 4.14-4.06 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.17 (m, 4H), 1.38 (s, 9H).
[0051] Step 2. A solution of tert-butyl ((lr,3r)-3-(3-chloro-5- fluorobenzamido)cyclobutyl)carbamate (2 g, 5.83 mmol) in 4 MHCl/dioxane (100 mL) was stirred at 25 °C. After the reaction was stirred at 25 °C for 2 hours, the mixture was concentrated in vacuum, and the residue was triturated with EtOAc (20 mL) to give (lr,3r)-3-(3-chloro-5-fluorobenzamido)cyclobutan-l-aminium chloride (1524.5 mg, 6.15 mmol, combined with two batches) as a green solid. Note: The exact equivalents of HCl were not determined. (DMSO-d6400 MHz) 6 = 9.03 (br d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (br s, 3H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.71-7.62 (m, 2H), 4.69-4.57 (m, 1H), 3.83-3.74 (m, 1H), 2.49- 2.34 (m, 4H). 19F NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6) δ -110.068.
[0052] The following diamine building blocks were synthesized adapting the above procedure:
[0053 ] ( 1 s,3 s)-3 -(3 -chi oro-5 -fluorobenzamido)cyclobutan- 1 -aminium chloride (III-4) δ= 9.20-8.99 (m, 1H), 8.45-8.13 (m, 3H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.77-7.56 (m, 2H), 4.23-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.40 (m, 1H), 2.71-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.16 (m, 2H).
[0054] (lr,3r)-3-(2-(3-chloro-5-fluorophenyl)acetamido)cyclobutan-l- aminium chloride (III-5) 1H NMR (DMSO-d6400 MHz) δ= 8.76-8.68 (m, 1H), 8.25 (br s, 3H), 7.31-7.07 (m, 3H), 4.43-4.33 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.46 (s, 2H), 2.38- 2.22 (m, 4H).
[0055] (1r,3r)-3-(2-phenylacetamido)cyclobutan-l-aminium chloride (III-6). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6400 MHz) δ= 8.69 (br d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (br s, 3H), 7.32-7.19 (m, 5H), 4.46-4.34 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.41 (s, 2H), 2.41-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.39-2.20 (m, 2H).
[0056] (1r,3r)-3-(2-cyclohexylacetamido)cyclobutan-l-aminium chloride (III-7). 1 H NMR (DMSO-d6400 MHz) δ= 8.37-8.27 (m, 4H), 4.43-4.32 (m, 1H), 3.72-3.64 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.19 (m, 2H), 1.92 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.66-1.56 (m, 6H), 1.21-1.11 (m, 3H), 0.91-0.84 (m, 2H).
[0057] ( 1 r,3r)-3 -(3 -(tert-butyl)- 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazole-5- carboxamido)cyclobutan-l-aminium chloride (III-8). MS obsd. (ESI+): [(M+H)+]: 251.4, Method 10.
[0058] (lr,3r)-3-(3-(tert-butyl)-lH-pyrazole-5- carboxamido)cyclobutan-l-aminium chloride (III- 9). MS obsd. (ESI+): [(M+H)+]:
[0059] (lr,3r)-3-(l-phenyl-lH-pyrazole-5-carboxamido)cyclobutan-l- aminium chloride (III-10). MS obsd. (ESI+): [(M+H)+]: 257.0, Method 7.
[0060] (lr,3r)-3-(l-phenyl-lH-pyrazole-3-carboxamido)cyclobutan-l- aminium chloride (III-ll). MS obsd. (ESI+): [(M+H)+]: 257.0, Method 7.
[0061] (lr,3r)-3-(2-(4-isopropylphenyl)acetamido)cyclobutan-l- aminium chloride (III-12). MS obsd. (ESI+): [(M+H)+]: 247.4, Method 10.
[0062] (lr,3r)-3-((3-chloro-5-fluorobenzamido)methyl)cyclobutan-l- aminium chloride (III-13) 1H NMR (DMSO-d6400 MHz) δ= 9.86 (s, 1H), 8.81 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 8.11 (s, 3H), 7.91 - 7.75 (m, 1H), 7.66 (m, 2H), 3.72 (m, 1H), 3.38 (m, 2H, overlap with H2O), 2.58 (s, 1H), 2.23 - 2.03 (m, 4H), 1.24 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H)..99 - 1.89 (m, 2H), 1.87 - 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.44 - 1.30 (m, 2H). MS obsd. (ESI+): [(M+H)+]: 257.0, Method 7.
[0063] (ls,3s)-3-((3-chloro-5-fluorobenzamido)methyl)cyclobutan-l- aminium chloride (III-14). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6400 MHz) δ= 10.51 (s, 1H), 8.87 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 3H), 7.79 - 7.59 (m, 3H), 3.55 - 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.30 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 4H), 3.05 (qd, J = 7.3, 4.6 Hz, 11H), 2.36 - 2.18 (m, 3H), 1.92 (dt, J = 11.1, 7.7 Hz, 2H). MS obsd. (ESI+): [(M+H)+]: 257.0, Method 7.
[0064] (lr,3r)-3-(3-(difluoromethoxy)benzamido)cyclobutan-l- aminium chloride (III-15). MS obsd. (ESI-): [(M-H)']: 373.3, Method 9.
[0065] (lr,3r)-3-(3,5-dichlorobenzamido)cyclobutan-l-aminium chloride (III-16). MS obsd. (ESI-): [(M-H)']: 357.2, Method 9.
[0066] (lr,3r)-3-(3-chlorobenzamido)cyclobutan-l-aminium chloride (III-17). MS obsd. (ESI-): [(M-H)’]: 323.2, Method 9.
[0067] (lr,3r)-3-(3-(tert-butyl)benzamido)cyclobutan-l-aminium chloride (III-18) MS obsd. (ESI-): [(M-H)']: 345.4, Method 9.
[0068] (lr,3r)-3-(3-chloro-5-methylbenzamido)cyclobutan-l-aminium chloride (III-19). MS obsd. (ESI-): [(M-H)']: 337.3, Method 9.
[0069] ((lr,3r)-3-(3-chloro-5- fluorobenzamido)cyclobutyl)methanaminium trifluoroacetate (III-20). MS obsd. (ESI+): [(M+H)+]: 257.0, Method 7.
Procedure 2. General protocol for the preparation of N-aryl diamine building blocks
[0070] (lr,3r)-3-((6-chloroquinazolin-4-yl)amino)cyclobutan-l- aminium chloride (III-22).
[0071] Step 1. Tert-butyl N-(3aminocyclobutyl)carbamate (150 mg,
0.81 mmol) and 4,6-dichloroquinazoline (160 mg, 0.81 mmol) were suspended in 2- propanol and tri ethylamine (0.79 ml, 5.6 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 70 °C for 18 hours (turned into a solution after a few hours). The mixture was cooled to
room temperature, and the solvent was evaporated until dryness. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography using a 12-gram pre-packed silica column and a gradient of 0 to 100% ethyl acetate in heptane. This afforded tert-butyl N-[3-[(6- chloroquinazolin-4-yl)amino]cyclobutyl]carbamate (260 mg, 0.75 mmol). MS obsd. (ESI+): [(M+H)+]: 349.4, Method 10. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.63 (s, 1H), 7.79 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.74 - 7.65 (m, 1H), 6.11 (s, 1H), 4.92 (s, 1H), 4.72 (h, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 4.49 - 4.31 (m, 1H), 2.48 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 4H), 1.46 (s, 9H). (Contained residual 2- propanol).
[0072] Step 2. To a stirred reaction mixture of tert-butyl ((lr,3r)-3-((6- chloroquinazolin-4-yl)amino)cyclobutyl)carbamate (0.26 g, 0.75 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (6 ml) was added HC1 (4 N) in 1,4-dioxane (3.8 ml, 14.9 mmol). A thick suspension was formed after stirring overnight at room temperature. Analysis showed incomplete conversion, and additional HC1 (4 N) in 1,4-dioxane (2 ml, 8 mmol) was added. After stirring for 2 days, complete conversion was observed. The mixture was diluted with diethyl ether, and the solids were filtered off and washed with diethyl ether. After drying (lr,3r)-3-((6-chloroquinazolin-4-yl)amino)cyclobutan-l-aminium (240 mg, 0.75 mmol) was obtained as an white solid. MS obsd. (ESI+): [(M+H)+]: 249.0, Method 7.
[0074] (lr,3r)-3-((7-chloroisoquinolin-l-yl)amino)cyclobutan-l- aminium chloride (III-23). MS obsd. (ESI+): [(M+H)+]: 248.4, Method 8.
[0075] (lr,3r)-3-((5-chlorobenzo[d]isoxazol-3-yl)amino)cyclobutan-l- aminium chloride (III-24). MS obsd. (ESI+): [(M+H)+]: 238.4, Method 8.
General Procedure 3. Reductive amination of di-amine building blocks
[0076] The diamine (0.1 -0.2 mmol, 1 equiv.), represented by III-25 was dissolved in di chloromethane (4 mL), followed by addition of di-isopropylethylamine (2.5 equiv.) and aldehyde (1.2 equiv.). After 1 hour, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (3 equiv.) was added. After stirring for 18 hours at room temperature, another batch of sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.5 equiv.) was added. The reaction was stirred for 18 hours, and the solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 2 ml DMSO/ NH3 (7N) methanol (10: 1) and purified by means of preparative LCMS.
[0077] The products prepared and resultant analytical data is shown below in Table 3.
[0078] Inhibition of the T-type voltage gated calcium channel (Cav3.1) was evaluated using a HEK-293 natClytin/TASKl+Cav3.1 cell line. Currents were recorded using the SyncroPatch 384PE automated, patch clamp system. Pulse generation and data collection were performed with PatchController384 VI.3.0 and DataController384 VI.2.1 (Nanion Technologies). Off-line analysis was performed using Excel and Graphpad Prism (V 8.4.2) with complete data files uploaded to Dotmatics. The access resistance and apparent membrane capacitance were estimated using built-in protocols. Current was recorded in whole cell configuration from a population of cells. The cells were lifted, triturated, and resuspended at 800,000 cells/ml. The cells were allowed to recover in the cell hotel prior to experimentation. Currents were recorded at room temperature. The external solution contained the following (in mM): NaCl 80, NMDG 60, KC1 4, MgCl2 1, CaCl2 6, glucose 5 and HEPES 10 (pH = 7.4, Osmolarity -300 mOsm). The extracellular solution was used as the wash, reference and compound delivery solution. The internal solution contained the following (in mM): CsF 110, CsCl 10, NaCl 10, EGTA 10, HEPES 10 (pH = 7.2, Osmolarity -295 mOsm). The compound plate was created at 2x concentrated in the
extracellular solution. The compound was diluted to 1:2 when added to the recording well. The amount of DMSO in the extracellular solution was held constant at the level used for the highest tested concentration. For the voltage clamp experiments on Cav3.1 , data were sampled at 10 KHz. After establishment of the seal and the passage in the whole cell configuration, the cells were held at -120 mV. Cav3.1 current was evoked using a 100 ms step to -20 mV (to measure resting state block), followed by a 1600 ms step to -65 mV and a second 100 ms step to -20 mV (to measure voltage dependent block). The voltage protocol was applied every 15 seconds in the absence and in the presence of the compounds under investigation. 2.5 mM Nickel was used to completely inhibit Cav3.1 current to allow for offline subtraction of non-Cav3.1 current. Current amplitude (pA) was measured in the peak 1 and 2. The average of last 3 sweeps of each liquid period (vehicle, compound under investigation, full block) was calculated. Nickel-sensitive current was used to calculate the % of inhibition in the presence of the compound under investigation. In the Table 3 below, the human Cav3.1 IC5o is indicated by either A (<1 pM), B (1 pM - <10 pM), or C (>10 pM).
[0079] 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 data for Examples 152, 153, 157-209, 211, 212, 214, and 215 were as follows:
[0063] Example 152: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.00 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (h, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (s, 1H), 2.37 (s, 2H), 1.98 - 1.85 (m, 6H), 1.84 - 1.41 (m, 14H), 1.38 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.25 - 0.97 (m, 5H), 0.87 (q, J = 11.7 Hz, 2H).
[0064] Example 153: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.01 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (h, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.24 - 3.12 (m, 1H), 2.26 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.05 - 1.86 (m, 8H), 1.86 - 1.53 (m, 11H), 1.51 - 1.37 (m, 1H), 1.26 - 1.02 (m, 5H), 0.95 - 0.80 (m, 2H).
[0065] Example 157: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 6 7.50 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (ddd, J = 8.6, 2.4, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.34 - 7.26 (m, 4H), 7.26 - 7.19 (m, 2H), 6.20 (s, 1H),
4.67 - 4.58 (m, 1H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 3.54 - 3.45 (m, 1H), 2.36 - 2.15 (m, 4H).
[0066] Example 158: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 6 7.51 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.43 - 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.30 - 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.25 - 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.18 - 7.05 (m, 3H), 6.20 (s, 1H), 4.69 - 4.56 (m, 1H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 3.58 - 3.48 (m, 1H), 2.40 - 2.28 (m, 5H), 2.28 - 2.17 (m, 2H).
[0067] Example 159: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 6 7.40 - 7.31 (m, 2H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 7.26 - 7.16 (m, 3H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 6.83 (dt, J = 8.3, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 3.61 (dddd, J = 13.8, 7.5, 6.3, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 3.13 - 3.03 (m, 1H), 2.63 - 2.52 (m, 2H), 2.11 - 2.02 (m, 2H).
[0068] Example 160: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 6 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.26 - 7.17 (m, 3H), 6.31 (s, 1H), 6.08 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.63 - 4.52 (m, 1H), 4.10 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 2H), 3.49 (tdd, J = 7.4, 5.9, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 2.35 - 2.17 (m, 4H), 1.30 (s, 9H).
[0069] Example 161: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 6 7.66 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.50 - 7.38 (m, 5H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.26 - 7.21 (m, 2H), 7.20 - 7.14 (m, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.84 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.54 - 4.44 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 3.36 - 3.26 (m, 1H), 2.24 - 2.14 (m, 2H), 2.07 - 1.96 (m, 2H).
[0070] Example 162: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 6 7.91 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.74 -
7.67 (m, 2H), 7.53 - 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.40 - 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.25 - 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.16 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 4.74 - 4.63 (m, 1H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 3.57 - 3.47 (m, 1H), 2.37 - 2.24 (m, 4H).
[0071] Example 163: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 6 8.00 (d, J = 5.9 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (ddt, J = 8.4, 3.6, 2.2 Hz, 3H), 6.92 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 5.26 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (dt, J = 12.9, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 3.57 (m, 1H), 2.40 (m, 2H), 2.26 (m, 2H).
[0072] Example 164: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 δ.32 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.39 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.36 - 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.29 - 7.24 (m, 2H), 7.14 (s, 4H), 4.18 (p, J =
6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 3.28 - 3.19 (m, 2H), 3.3 (s, 2H), 2.85 (dq, J = 13.9, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 2.06 - 1.91 (m, 4H), 1.18 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 6H).
[0073] Example 165: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 δ.51 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.40 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J = 8.9, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (t, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.37 - 7.25 (m, 3H), 4.72 (q, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.65 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 2H), 2.59 (s, 1H), 2.29 - 2.15 (m, 4H).
[0074] Example 166: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 δ.80 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (tt, J = 8.5, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.32 - 7.14 (m, 5H), 4.42 (h, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.36 (dd, J = 7.6, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 2.74 - 2.62 (m, 4H), 2.24 - 2.12 (m, 2H), 2.05 (ddd, J = 12.3, 7.9, 4.1 Hz, 2H), 1.86 (s, 1H).
[0075] Example 167: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 δ.74 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.68 - 7.60 (m, 2H), 4.03 (tq, J = 9.1, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 2.89 (tt, J = 8.5, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.55 - 2.46 (m, 2H), 2.46 - 2.37 (m, 2H), 1.85 - 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.75 - 1.66 (m, 3H), 1.62 - 1.43 (m, 4H), 1.39 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.11 - 0.98 (m, 2H).
[0076] Example 168: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 87.52 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (ddd, J = 8.7, 2.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (dt, J = 8.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.22 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 4.64 - 4.52 (m, 1H), 3.52 - 3.43 (m, 1H), 2.51 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.36 - 2.19 (m, 4H), 1.49 - 1.39 (m, 2H), 1.24 - 1.15 (m, 2H), 0.89 (s, 9H).
[0077] Example 169: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.51 (t, J = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.42 - 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.29 - 7.26 (m, 1H), 7.25 - 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.14 - 7.08 (m, 1H), 6.21 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (h, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 3.55 - 3.46 (m, 1H), 2.38 - 2.17 (m, 4H).
[0078] Example 170: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.87 - 8.78 (m, 1H), 8.30 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.68 - 7.61 (m, 2H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 2.57 (s, 2H), 2.42 (s, 2H), 2.00 (d, J = 9.7 Hz, 2H), 1.88 - 1.67 (m, 3H), 1.63 - 1.44 (m, 6H), 1.30 (d, J = 3.4 Hz, 3H), 1.09 (dq, J = 11.5, 7.5 Hz, 2H).
[0079] Example 171: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.53 (s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.78 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.68 - 7.61 (m, 2H), 2.72 - 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.55 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 1.97 - 1.86 (m, 2H), 1.83 - 1.66 (m, 3H), 1.61 - 1.40 (m, 9H), 1.04 (ddt, J = 15.9, 8.3, 4.5 Hz, 2H).
[0080] Example 172: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.81 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.78 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (ddt, J = 7.7, 6.1, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 7.39 - 7.31 (m, 2H), 7.30 - 7.23 (m, 2H), 4.43 (h, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (m, 1H), 2.71 (s, 4H), 2.26 - 2.06 (m, 4H).
[0081] Example 173: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.82 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.79 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (ddt, J = 8.6, 7.0, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.35 - 7.17 (m, 4H), 4.44 (h, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.41 (m, 1H), 2.74 (s, 4H), 2.28 - 2.06 (m, 4H).
[0082] Example 174: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.80 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.68 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.26 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.91 - 6.84 (m, 2H), 4.45 (h, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.61 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 2H), 3.19 (m, 1H) 2.17 (h, J = 5.1 Hz, 4H).
[0083] Example 175: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.83 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.79 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (ddt, J = 8.3, 6.5, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.31 - 7.23 (m, 2H), 7.18 - 7.05 (m, 2H), 4.45 (h, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.43 (m, 1H), 2.73 (s, 4H), 2.28 - 2.09 (m, 4H).
[0084] Example 176: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.51 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.39 (dt, J = 8.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (dt, J = 8.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.22 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 4.66 - 4.55 (m, 1H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.58 - 3.50 (m, 1H), 2.39 - 2.29 (m, 2H), 2.28 - 2.17 (m, 2H), 1.37 (s, 9H).
[0085] Example 177: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.55 - 7.35 (m, 6H), 7.22 (dt, J = 8.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.83 - 6.48 (m, 1H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 4.70 - 4.59 (m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 2H), 3.57 - 3.47 (m, 1H), 2.33 (tt, J = 7.9, 4.7 Hz, 2H), 2.28 - 2.18 (m, 2H).
[0086] Example 178: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.52 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (dt, J = 8.7, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (dt, J = 8.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 4.64 - 4.53 (m, 1H), 3.53 - 3.44 (m, 1H), 2.63 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.36 - 2.19 (m, 4H), 1.40 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 0.74 - 0.64 (m, 1H), 0.48 - 0.41 (m, 2H), 0.09 - 0.03 (m, 2H).
[0087] Example 179: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.51 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (ddd, J = 8.7, 2.4, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (dt, J = 8.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.21 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.63 - 4.52 (m, 1H), 3.51 - 3.43 (m, 1H), 2.58 - 2.51 (m, 2H), 2.34 - 2.18 (m, 4H), 1.74 - 1.60 (m, 5H), 1.42 - 1.33 (m, 2H), 1.33 - 1.11 (m, 4H), 0.97 - 0.84 (m, 2H).
[0088] Example 180: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.51 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.44 - 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.22 (dt, J = 8.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 4.67 - 4.54 (m, 1H), 3.48 -
3.34 (m, 1H), 2.32 - 2.14 (m, 6H), 1.28 (q, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 0.93 - 0.78 (m, 9H).
[0089] Example 181 : 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.78 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (t, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (ddt, J = 10.9, 9.0, 1.9 Hz, 2H), 4.50 - 4.37 (m, 1H), 3.28 -
3.20 (m, 1H), 2.21 - 2.11 (m, 4H), 2.10 - 2.00 (m, 2H), 1.88 - 1.76 (m, 1H), 1.60 -
1.40 (m, 6H), 1.28 - 1.13 (m, 2H), 0.80 (s, 6H).
[0090] Example 182: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 6 7.51 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.42 - 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.22 (dt, J = 8.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.22 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 4.66 - 4.53 (m, 1H), 3.96 - 3.82 (m, 2H), 3.80 - 3.71 (m, 1H), 3.51 - 3.43 (m, 1H), 3.39 - 3.32 (m, 1H), 2.62 - 2.49 (m, 2H), 2.34 - 2.18 (m, 5H), 2.11 - 2.00 (m, 1H), 1.63 - 1.55 (m, 3H).
[0091] Example 183: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.30 (s, 1H), 8.83 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (dd, J = 7.6, 5.0 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.69 - 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.42 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.09 - 6.76 (m, 1H), 4.53 - 4.40 (m, 1H), 3.67 - 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.3 - 3.35 (m, 1H), 2.24 - 2.02 (m, 4H).
[0092] Example 184: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.67 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.67 - 7.60 (m, 2H), 3.33 - 3.28 (m, 2H), 3.23 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.37 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.91 (m, 2H), 1.83 - 1.64 (m, 5H), 1.62 - 1.41 (m, 5H), 1.36 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.09 - 0.97 (m, 2H).
[0093] Example 185: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.70 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.67 - 7.60 (m, 2H), 3.25 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.95 (p, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 2.42 - 2.34 (m, 2H), 2.20 (m, 2H), 2.16 - 2.04 (m, 1H), 1.81 - 1.72 (m, 1H), 1.73
- 1.63 (m, 3H), 1.61 - 1.50 (m, 2H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.36 (m, 4H), 1.01 (m, 2H).
[0094] Example 186: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 δ.84 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (t, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.68 - 7.61 (m, 2H), 7.32 - 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.19 (t, 1H), 7.13 - 7.06 (m, 2H), 4.45 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.4 (m, 1H), 2.73 (s, 4H), 2.26 - 2.09 (m, 4H).
[0095] Example 187: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 δ.85 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dt, J = 8.7, 1.7 Hz, 2H), 6.88 - 6.81 (m, 2H), 6.73 (dd, J = 8.1, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 6H), 3.4 (m, 1H), 2.70 (dd, J = 14.4, 6.1 Hz, 4H), 2.28 - 2.09 (m, 4H).
[0096] Example 188: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.30 (s, 2H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 4.51 (p, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 3.4 (m, 1H), 2.55 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.30 - 2.10 (m, 4H), 2.04 - 1.91 (m, 2H), 1.86 - 1.66 (m, 4H), 1.52 - 1.34 (m, 3H), 1.27 (s, 9H), 1.14 (q, J = 10.5 Hz, 3H).
[0097] Example 189: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.34 (s, 2H), 6.43 (s, 1H), 4.51 (h, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 3.4 (m, 1H), 2.55 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 2H), 2.35 - 2.14 (m, 4H), 1.86
- 1.67 (m, 3H), 1.63 - 1.40 (m, 6H), 1.27 (s, 9H), 1.13 - 1.00 (m, 2H).
[0098] Example 190: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.38 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.28
(dt, J = 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.19 - 7.15 (m, 1H), 7.14 - 7.04 (m, 3H), 6.86 - 6.79 (m, 2H),
4.16 (h, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.42 (s, 2H), 3.27 (q, J = 6.0 Hz, 1H), 2.59 (s, 4H), 1.98 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 4H).
[0099] Example 191: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 8.76 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.61
- 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.55 - 7.49 (m, 1H), 7.32 (dt, J = 9.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.16 - 7.10 (m, 2H), 6.88 - 6.80 (m, 2H), 4.42 (h, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.38 - 3.33 (m, 1H), 2.63 (s, 4H), 2.23 - 2.12 (m, 2H), 2.09 - 2.00 (m, 2H), 1.83 (s, 1H).
[00100] Example 192: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.67 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.71
- 7.66 (m, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.16 - 7.09 (m, 2H), 6.88 - 6.80 (m, 2H), 4.42 (h, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.38 - 3.33 (m, 1H), 2.63 (s, 4H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.22 - 2.11 (m, 2H), 2.09 - 1.98 (m, 2H), 1.83 (s, 1H).
[00101] Example 193: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.55 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.86
- 7.80 (m, 1H), 7.66 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.57 - 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.36 (t, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H),
7.17 - 7.09 (m, 2H), 6.89 - 6.80 (m, 2H), 4.46 (h, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.38 - 3.34 (m, 1H), 2.63 (s, 4H), 2.26 - 2.14 (m, 2H), 2.09 - 1.99 (m, 2H), 1.31 (s, 9H).
[00102] Example 194: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 δ.82 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (t, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.16 - 7.09 (m, 2H), 6.87 - 6.81 (m, 2H), 4.41 (h, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.38 - 3.34 (m, 1H), 2.63 (s, 4H), 2.22 - 2.12 (m, 2H), 2.10 - 1.99 (m, 2H), 1.82 (s, 1H).
[00103] Example 195: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 δ.72 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (t, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dt, J = 7.6, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.62 - 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.49 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.17 - 7.10 (m, 2H), 6.87 - 6.80 (m, 2H), 4.43 (h, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.38 - 3.33 (m, 1H), 2.63 (s, 4H), 2.23 - 2.12 (m, 2H), 2.09 - 1.99 (m, 2H), 1.82 (s, 1H).
[00104] Example 196: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 δ.79 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (tt, J = 8.6, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 4.50 - 4.34 (m, 1H), 2.43 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.22 - 2.12 (m, 2H), 2.09 - 1.90 (m, 4H), 1.86 - 1.66 (m, 5H), 1.56 - 1.42 (m, 1H), 1.34 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.19 - 1.06 (m, 2H).
[00105] Example 197: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.60 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.45 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (formic acid, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.64 - 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.22 - 7.13 (m, 1H), 4.47 (h, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 2.96 (dd, J = 6.6, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 2.83 (m, 2H), 2.63 - 2.51 (m, 2H), 2.41 (m, 1H), 2.02 (m, 2H), 1.72 - 1.44 (m, 6H), 1.09 (m, 2H).
[00106] Example 198: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.88 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 8.37 (formic acid, s, 1H), 7.79 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.69 - 7.61 (m, 2H), 4.45 (h, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 2.90-2.88 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.77 - 2.65 (m, 2H), 2.45 (dt, J = 8.9, 4.5 Hz, 1H),
2.26 - 2.07 (m, 4H), 1.83 - 1.67 (m, 3H), 1.64 - 1.41 (m, 6H), 1.06 (dt, J = 11.3, 7.2 Hz, 2H).
[00107] Example 199: 1H NMR. (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.81 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (formic acid, s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (ddt, J = 8.0, 6.3, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 4.45 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.64 - 3.48 (m, 5H), 3.34 (m, 3H), 2.38 - 2.26 (m, 2H), 2.26 - 2.08 (m, 4H), 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.60 (dd, J = 13.0, 3.4 Hz, 2H), 1.13 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 6H), 1.05 - 0.89 (m, 2H).
[00108] Example 200: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.78 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (tt, J = 9.2, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.43 - 4.32 (m, 1H), 3.52 - 3.40 (m, 1H), 2.63 - 2.54 (m, 1H), 2.21 (ddd, J = 10.2, 7.5, 5.0 Hz, 2H), 2.11 - 1.90 (m, 5H), 1.87 - 1.68 (m, 4H), 1.44 - 1.30 (m, 2H).
[00109] Example 201: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.84 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.79 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (tq, J = 6.8, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.46 - 4.34 (m, 1H), 3.63 (m, 1H), 2.69 (dt, J = 7.9, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 2.32 - 2.14 (m, 4H), 1.93 - 1.66 (m, 3H), 1.64 - 1.39 (m, 5H), 1.29 (ddd, J = 13.6, 7.9, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 1.11 - 0.96 (m, 5H).
[00110] Example 202: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dq, J = 8.4, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.54 - 4.42 (m, 1H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 2.24 (s, 4H), 0.84 (s, 9H).
[00111] Example 203: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.80 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (t, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (ddt, J = 8.4, 4.3, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.43 (hept, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.27 (d, J = 3.1 Hz, 1H), 2.40 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.27 - 1.70 (m, 11H), 1.45 (dq, J = 12.8, 8.6 Hz, 1H).
[00112] Example 204: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.83 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.79 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dq, J = 8.5, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.45 (h, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.47 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.35 - 1.86 (m, 10H), 1.68 (tdd, J = 17.3, 13.5, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 1.51 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.36 (dq, J = 12.5, 9.4 Hz, 1H).
[00113] Example 205: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.52 - 8.46 (m, 1H), 7.87 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.76 - 7.70 (m, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.18 - 7.11 (m, 2H), 6.90 (d, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 6.88 - 6.81 (m, 2H), 4.61 (h, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.43 - 3.36 (m, 1H), 2.65 (s, 4H), 2.26 - 2.16 (m, 2H), 2.16 - 2.06 (m, 2H).
[00114] Example 206: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.96 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.59 - 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.23 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.17 - 7.10 (m, 2H), 6.87 - 6.80 (m, 2H), 4.07 (h, J = 6.3 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.43 - 3.36 (m, 1H), 2.63 (s, 4H), 2.21 - 2.05 (m, 4H).
[00115] Example 207: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 δ.80 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.68 - 7.60 (m, 2H), 4.45 (h, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.30 - 3.23 (m, 1H), 2.46 (s, 2H), 2.18 (ddd, J = 16.2, 8.4, 4.5 Hz, 2H), 2.07 (ddd, J = 12.5, 8.7, 4.2 Hz, 2H), 1.09 (s, 6H).
[00116] Example 208: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 δ.76 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.79
- 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.67 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.56 (s, 4H), 4.40 - 4.28 (m, 1H), 3.37 - 3.33 (m, 1H), 3.14 (td, J = 14.6, 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.34 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 2.18 - 2.08 (m, 2H), 2.06
- 1.97 (m, 2H).
[00117] Example 209: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 δ.80 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (ddt, J = 7.7, 6.0, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 4.42 (h, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.37 (s, 1H), 2.80 (td, J = 14.7, 7.4 Hz, 2H), 2.61 - 2.53 (m, 1H), 2.27 (q, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 2.22 - 2.13 (m, 2H), 2.08 (ddd, J = 12.3, 7.9, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 1.71 (td, J = 9.5, 4.7 Hz, 2H), 1.63 - 1.42 (m, 6H).
[00118] Example 211: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 δ.79 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (ddt, J = 8.4, 6.6, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.41 (h, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.27 (tt, J = 7.6, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 2.59 (td, J = 12.8, 2.5 Hz, 2H), 2.53 (d, 2H), 2.42 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.25 (dt, J = 14.9, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 2.20 - 2.09 (m, 4H), 2.03 (ddd, J = 12.2, 7.9, 4.2 Hz, 2H), 1.88 - 1.70 (m, 3H).
[00119] Example 212: 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 δ.80 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (tq, J = 7.5, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 4.48 - 4.31 (m, 2H), 4.22 (q, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 3.36 (d, J = 4.6 Hz, 1H), 2.71 - 2.56 (m, 2H), 2.18 (dt, J = 11.3, 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.12 - 2.01 (m, 2H), 1.78 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 1.71 (dt, J = 12.8, 3.4 Hz, 2H), 1.59 (tdd, J = 17.5, 12.5, 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.29 - 0.94 (m, 5H).
[00120] Example 214: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.67 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (formic acid, s, 1H), 7.78 - 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J = 8.9, 1.7 Hz, 2H), 3.37 - 3.27 (m, 3H), 2.43 - 2.31 (m, 3H), 2.04 - 1.90 (m, 4H), 1.89 - 1.62 (m, 6H), 1.56 - 1.42 (m, 1H), 1.21 - 1.06 (m, 2H).
[0080] Example 215: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.66 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (formic acid, s, 1H), 7.76 (t, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J = 8.9, 1.7 Hz, 2H), 3.27 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.10 - 3.03 (m, 1H), 2.37 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 2.26 - 2.08 (m, 3H), 2.03 - 1.89 (m, 2H), 1.84 - 1.73 (m, 3H), 1.73 - 1.63 (m, 1H), 1.55 - 1.43 (m, 3H), 1.12 (q, J = 11.3 Hz, 2H).
[0081] Example 216: 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.58-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.36 (t, J= 72.8Hz, 1H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 4.96-4.95 (m, 2H), 4.00-3.87 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.63 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.47 (m, 2H), 3.18-2.93 (m, 4H), 2.31-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.00 (s, 9H)
[0082] Example 217: 7.76-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.11 (t, J = 73.2 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (br, 2H), 3.98-3.83 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.57- 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.00-2.73 (m, 4H), 2.31-2.27 (m, 1H), 1.20 (br, 9H).
[0083] Example 218: 8.55 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.83-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.30 (t, J = 72.0 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (br, 1H), 3.24 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.77 (br, 2H), 2.43-2.26 (m, 4H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.11-2.09 (m, 2H), 1.38-1.36 (m, 2H), 1.25 (s, 9H).
[0084] Example 219: 8.60 (t, J= 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.86-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.30 (t, J= 72.0 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (br, 1H), 3.41-3.34 (m, 2H), 2.78 (s, 2H), 2.48-2.37 (m, 4H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.87-1.69 (m, 4H), 1.25 (s, 9H).
[0085] Example 220: 8.66 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.87 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.84-7.80 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.34 (t, J = 72.0 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (br, 1H), 3.54 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H), 2.96-2.84 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.38 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.07 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.47 (m , 2H), 1.28 (s, 9H).
[0086] Example 221: 8.71-8.69 (m, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.87-7.85 (m, 1H), 7.84- 7.80 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.33 (t, J= 72.0 Hz, 1H), 3.57 (br, 3H), 3.37-3.35 (m, 2H), 2.99 (br, 2H), 2.63-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.42 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.86 (m, 4H), 1.29 (s, 9H).
[0087] Example 222: 8.73-8.59 (m, 1H), 8.07-8.02 (m, 1H), 7.88-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.57-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.31 (t, J = 72.8 Hz, 1H), 3.15-3.74 (m, 6H), 3.26-3.20 (m, 2H), 2.86-2.78 (m, 1H), 1.91-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.25 (s, 9H).
[0088] Example 223: 8.71 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.57-7.55 (m, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.35 (t, J= 74.0 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.32 (m, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 3.44 (t, J= 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.32- 3.29 (m, 2H), 3.00 (t, J= 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.89 (s, 2H), 2.63-2.57 (m, 1H), 1.24 (s, 9H).
[0089] Example 224: 8.67 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.84-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.31 (t, J= 72.0 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 3.44 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.31-3.29 (m, 2H), 2.99 (t, J= 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.88 (s, 2H), 2.64-2.57 (m, 1H), 1.24 (s, 9H).
Claims
1. A compound of Formula (IA) having a cyclohexane core:
wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclohexane core chosen from:
wherein R1 is chosen from -H, -CH3, -CH2OCH3, -CF3, -CH2CH3, or
(CH2)2OCH3;
R-2 is chosen from -H or -CH3;
R; is chosen from -H or -CH3;
R4 is chosen from -H, or -CH3, or R1 and R4 together form a cyclopropane, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring; R5 is chosen from -H, -CH3, -CF3, -CH2OH, -COOCH3, -COOH, or -CH2OCH3;
R6 is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R5 and R6 together form a azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH3, -OH, -CF3, or -F;
R7 is 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, -CH3, - OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, or -NHCOCH3;
R8 is chosen from benzene, -CH3, or tertbutyl;
R9 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran, -CH(CH3)2CH2CH3, or -CH(CH3)2 cyclopentane; R10 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising an -OCH3 substituent;
Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N; and
A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X2 is chosen from -NHCO- or -NHCOCH2-; and wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclohexane core chosen from: a cyclohexane, or a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Formula (I)
wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclohexane core chosen from:
wherein R1 is chosen from -H, -CH3, -CH2OCH3, -CF3, -CH2CH3, or
(CH2)2OCH3;
R2 is chosen from -H or -CH3;
R3 is chosen from -H or -CH3;
R4 is chosen from -H, or -CH3, or R1 and R4 together form a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring; R5 is chosen from -H, -CH3, -CH2OH, -COOCH3, -COOH, or -CH2OCH3;
R6, is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R5 and R6 together form a azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH3, -OH, -CF3, or -F;
R7 is 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, -CH3, - OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, or -NHCOCH3;
R8 is chosen from benzene, -CH3, or tertbutyl;
R9 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran, -CH(CH3)2CH2CH3, or -CH(CH3)2 cyclopentane; R10 is chosen from a cyclopentane optionally comprising an -OCH3 or an -OH substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising an -OCH3 substituent;
Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N; and
A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X2 is chosen from -NHCO- or -NHCOCH2-; and wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclohexane core chosen from: a cyclohexane, or a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
3. The compound of claim 1 or 2, wherein Xi is Formula (la).
4. The compound of claim 3, wherein in Formula (la), each of R1 , R4, and R5 is -
CH3.
5. The compound of claim 3 or 4, wherein each of R2, R3, and R6 is -H.
7. The compound of any of claims 1-6, wherein X3 is cyclohexane.
8. The compound of any of claims 1-6, wherein X3 is a phenyl group.
9. The compound of claim 8, wherein the phenyl group comprises two halogen substituents.
10. The compound of claim 9, wherein the two halogen substituents are chosen from fluorine or chlorine.
11. The compound of claim 10, wherein the phenyl group comprises a fluorine substituent and a chlorine substituent.
12. The compound of any of claims 1-11, wherein the compound comprises at least one deuterium.
13. The compound of claim 12, wherein the at least one deuterium is in Xi.
15. AcompoundofFormula(IIA)havingacyclopentanecore:
wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from:
wherein R1 is chosen from -H, -CH3, -CH2OCH3, -CF3, -CH2CH3, or - (CH2)2OCH3;
R2 is chosen from -H or -CH3,
R3 is chosen from -H or -CH3;
R4 is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R1 and R4 together form a cyclopropane, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring;
R5 is chosen from -H, -CH3, -CF3, -CH2OH, -COOCH3, -COOH, or -CH2OCH3;
R6 is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R5 and R6 together form a azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH3, -OH, -CF3, or -F;
R7 is absent, 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, - CH3, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, or -NHCOCH3;
R8 is chosen from benzene, -CH3, or tertbutyl;
R9 is chosen from a cyclohexane optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen and -OH, a spiroheptane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, an indole, a cyclopentane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from -F or -CH3, -CH(OH)C(CH3)3, a -CF2 optionally comprising a cyclopentane substituent or a halobenzene substituent, - C(F)cyclohexane, CH(CH3)2CH2CH3, or -CH(CH3)2 cyclopentane; R10 is chosen from -C(CH3)3, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising an -OCH3 substituent;
Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N; and
A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X2 is chosen from -NHCO-, -NHCOCH2-, -NHCOCH2O-, or -NH-; wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from: a cyclohexane, a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, -CF3, a cyclopropyl, or a (trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl , a pyridine, an indazole, a quinoline, a quinazoline, or a pyrimidine, optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -CH3, -OCH3, -CF3, or CH3; and wherein X4 is chosen from -H or -CH3 or X1 and X4 together form a piperidine ring optionally comprising a -CONHCCH3)3 substituent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
16. A compound of Formula (II) having a cyclopentane core:
Formula (II) wherein X1 is a left-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from:
wherein R1 is chosen from -H, -CH3, -CH2OCH3, -CF3, -CH2CH3, or - (CH2)2OCH3;
R2 is chosen from -H or -CH3,
R3 is chosen from -H or -CH3;
R4 is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R- and R4 together form a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane, or an oxetane ring;
R8 is chosen from -H, -CH3, -CH2OH, -COOCH3, -COOH, or -CH2OCH3,
R6 is chosen from -H or -CH3, or R5 and R6 together form a azetidine, pyrrolidine, morpholine or piperidine ring, each of which optionally comprises at least one substituent chosen from -CH3, -OH, -CF3, or -F;
R7 is absent, 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, - CH3, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, or -NHCOCH3;
R8 is chosen from benzene, -CH3, or tertbutyl;
R.9 is chosen from a cyclohexane optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen and -OH, a spiroheptane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, an indole, a cyclopentane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from -F or -CH3, -CH(OH)C(CH3)3, a -CF2 optionally comprising a cyclopentane substituent or a halobenzene substituent, - C(F)cyclohexane, CH(CH3)2CH2CH3, or -CH(CH3)2 cyclopentane; R10 is chosen from -C(CH3)3, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising an -OCH3 substituent;
A1 is independently chosen from -CH or -N; and
A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X2 is chosen from -NHCO-, -NHCOCH2-, -NHCOCH2O-, or -NH-; wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclopentane core chosen from: a cyclohexane, a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, -CF3, a cyclopropyl, or a (tri fluor om ethyl )cy cl opropyl , a pyridine, an indazole, a quinoline, a quinazoline, or a pyrimidine, optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -CH3, -OCH3, -CF3, or CH3; and wherein X4 is chosen from -H or -CH3 or Xi and X4 together form a piperidine ring optionally comprising a -CONHCfCH3)3 substituent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
17. The compound of claim 15 or 16, wherein Xi is Formula (lib).
18. The compound of claim 17, wherein in Formula (lib), R7 is -Cl.
19. The compound of claim 15 or 16, wherein Xi is Formula (lid) and R9 is a cyclohexane comprising two halogen substituents.
20. The compound of any one of claims 15-19, wherein X2 is -NHCO- and X4 is -
21. The compound of any one of claims 15-20, wherein X3 is cyclohexane.
22. The compound of any one of claims 15-21, wherein X3 is a phenyl group.
23. The compound of claim 22, wherein the phenyl group comprises two halogen substituents.
24. The compound of claim 23, wherein the two halogen substituents are chosen from fluorine or chlorine.
25. The compound of claim 24, wherein the phenyl group comprises a fluorine substituent and a chlorine substituent.
26. The compound of any one of claims 15-25, wherein the compound comprises at least one deuterium.
27. The compound of claim 26, wherein the at least one deuterium is in Xi.
28. The compound of claim 15 or 16, wherein the compound is chosen from:
29. A compound of Formula (III) having a cyclobutane core:
wherein A is absent or -CH; wherein Xi is a left-hand substitution of the cvclobutane core chosen from: a cyclohexane optionally substituted with at least one halogen, a CH(CH3)CH2 cyclopentane,
RI is absent, 1, 2, or 3, and independently chosen from -Cl, -F, -CF3, -CHF2, -
CH3, -OCHF2, -OCF3, -OCH3, or -NHCOCH3;
R2 is chosen from benzene, -CH3, or tertbutyl;
R3 is chosen from a cyclohexane optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen or -OH, a spiroheptane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, an indole, a cyclopentane optionally comprising a halogen substituent, a 1,4-benzodi oxane, a tetrahydropyran optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from -F or -CH3, -CH(OH)C(CH3)3, a -CF2 optionally comprising a cyclopentane substituent or a halobenzene substituent, -CH(F) cyclohexane, - CH(F)2 cyclohexane, -C(CH3)2CF3, -CH(CH3)2CH2CH3, or -CH(CH3)2 cyclopentane;
R4 is chosen from -CF3, -CH2C(CH3)3, a cyclobutane, a cyclopentane optionally comprising at least one halogen substituent, a cyclohexane optionally comprising one or two halogen substituents, a tertbutyl, a tetrahydrofuran, a cyclopropyl, or a benzene optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from - OCHF2, -OCH3 or a halogen;
Ai is independently chosen from -CH or -N; and
A2 is independently chosen from -CH, -N, or -O; wherein X2 is chosen from -NHCO-, -NHCOCH2-, -CH2NHCO-, -NHCH2CH2-
, or -NH-; wherein X3 is a right-hand substitution of the cyclobutane core chosen from: a cyclohexane,
a phenyl group optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from halogen, -CH(CH3)2, -OCHF2, -CH3, -OCF3, -OCH3, -CF3, a tertbutyl, a cyclopropyl, or a (trifluoromethyl)cyclopropyl, a pyrazole, a pyridine, an indazole, a quinoline, a quinazoline, an isoquinoline, a benzisoxazole, or a pyrimidine, optionally comprising at least one substituent chosen from benzene, a halogen, a tertbutyl, -CH3, -OCH3, -CF3, or CH3; and wherein X4 is independently chosen from -H or -CH3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
30. The compound of claim 29, wherein Xi is Formula (Illa).
31. The compound of claim 30, wherein in Formula (III a), R1 is -Cl.
32. The compound of claim 29, wherein Xi is Formula (III c) and R3 is a cyclohexane comprising two halogen substituents.
34. The compound of any one of claims 29-33, wherein X2 is -NHCO-.
35. The compound of any one of claims 29-33, wherein X3 is a phenyl group.
36. The compound of claim 35, wherein the phenyl group comprises two halogen substituents.
37. The compound of claim 36, wherein the two halogen substituents are chosen from fluorine or chlorine.
38. The compound of claim 37, wherein the phenyl group comprises a fluorine substituent and a chlorine substituent.
39. The compound of any one of claims 29-38, wherein the compound comprises at least one deuterium.
40. The compound of claim 39, wherein the at least one deuterium is in Xi.
42. A compound of Formula (IV) having a core:
Formula (IV) wherein A is absent, -CH 2~, or -CH2C(O)-;
Y is N or CH; R1 is -H or -CH3; wherein X- is a left-hand substitution of the cyclobutane core chosen from:
44. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound according to any of claims 1-43 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
45. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 44, further comprising a modified- release polymer.
46. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 45, wherein the modified-release polymer is hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, or a polyacrylate polymer.
47. A method of treating a disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to any of claims 1-43 or a therapeutically effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition according to any of claims 44-46 to the subject.
48. The method according to claim 47, wherein the disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel is a psychiatric disorder, pain, tremor, seizures, epilepsy, or an epilepsy syndrome.
49. The method of claim 48, wherein the disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel is tremor.
50. The method of claim 49, wherein the disease or condition relating to aberrant function or activity of a T-type calcium channel is essential tremor.
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US202263326671P | 2022-04-01 | 2022-04-01 | |
| US202263326681P | 2022-04-01 | 2022-04-01 | |
| US202263326676P | 2022-04-01 | 2022-04-01 | |
| US63/326,671 | 2022-04-01 | ||
| US63/326,676 | 2022-04-01 | ||
| US63/326,681 | 2022-04-01 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2023192665A2 true WO2023192665A2 (en) | 2023-10-05 |
| WO2023192665A3 WO2023192665A3 (en) | 2023-11-09 |
Family
ID=88203376
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/US2023/017284 Ceased WO2023192665A2 (en) | 2022-04-01 | 2023-04-03 | T-type calcium channel modulators and methods of use thereof |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2023192665A2 (en) |
Family Cites Families (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| AR046778A1 (en) * | 2003-11-12 | 2005-12-21 | Phenomix Corp | BORONIC ACID HETEROCICLIC COMPOUNDS. METHODS OF OBTAINING AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS. |
| US8377968B2 (en) * | 2008-06-02 | 2013-02-19 | Zalicus Pharmaceuticals, Ltd. | N-piperidinyl acetamide derivatives as calcium channel blockers |
| US20090298834A1 (en) * | 2008-06-02 | 2009-12-03 | Hassan Pajouhesh | 4-(aminomethyl)cyclohexanamine derivatives as calcium channel blockers |
| SG11201701598PA (en) * | 2014-09-10 | 2017-03-30 | Epizyme Inc | Smyd inhibitors |
-
2023
- 2023-04-03 WO PCT/US2023/017284 patent/WO2023192665A2/en not_active Ceased
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO2023192665A3 (en) | 2023-11-09 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TWI815800B (en) | Oxysterols and methods of use thereof | |
| US11396525B2 (en) | C17, C20, and C21 substituted neuroactive steroids and their methods of use | |
| JP5281395B2 (en) | Cyclohexanesulfonyl derivatives as GLYT1 inhibitors for the treatment of schizophrenia | |
| CN102595893B (en) | Spirolactam derivatives and uses of same | |
| EP3303331B1 (en) | Muscarinic m1 receptor positive allosteric modulators | |
| TWI644914B (en) | 1,2,4-triazolo[4,3-a]pyridine compound and its use as a positive ectopic modulator of the MGLUR2 receptor | |
| EA009767B1 (en) | Proline derivatives having affinity for the calcium channel alpha-2-delta subunit | |
| AU2023245806A1 (en) | T-type calcium channel modulators comprising a piperazine or 1,4-diazepane core and methods of use thereof | |
| JP6831376B2 (en) | Triazole derivative | |
| WO2023192665A2 (en) | T-type calcium channel modulators and methods of use thereof | |
| AU2023245572A1 (en) | T-type calcium channel modulators comprising an azaspirononane core and methods of use thereof | |
| EP4504188A1 (en) | T-type calcium channel modulators comprising an azaspiroheptane core and methods of use thereof | |
| EP4504170A2 (en) | T-type calcium channel modulators comprising a diazaspiroheptane core and methods of use thereof | |
| EP4061124A1 (en) | Trpv4 receptor ligands | |
| TW202233578A (en) | T-type calcium channel modulators and methods of use thereof | |
| CN116669724A (en) | T-type calcium channel modulators and methods of use thereof | |
| HK40009154A (en) | Combinations comprising positive allosteric modulators or orthosteric agonists of metabotropic glutamatergic receptor subtype 2 and their use | |
| HK40009151A (en) | Combinations comprising positive allosteric modulators or orthosteric agonists of metabotropic glutamatergic receptor subtype 2 and their use |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23781924 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A2 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 23781924 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A2 |